]>
Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
1 | #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H | |
2 | #define __NET_CFG80211_H | |
3 | /* | |
4 | * 802.11 device and configuration interface | |
5 | * | |
6 | * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> | |
7 | * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH | |
8 | * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH | |
9 | * | |
10 | * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
11 | * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as | |
12 | * published by the Free Software Foundation. | |
13 | */ | |
14 | ||
15 | #include <linux/netdevice.h> | |
16 | #include <linux/debugfs.h> | |
17 | #include <linux/list.h> | |
18 | #include <linux/bug.h> | |
19 | #include <linux/netlink.h> | |
20 | #include <linux/skbuff.h> | |
21 | #include <linux/nl80211.h> | |
22 | #include <linux/if_ether.h> | |
23 | #include <linux/ieee80211.h> | |
24 | #include <linux/net.h> | |
25 | #include <net/regulatory.h> | |
26 | ||
27 | /** | |
28 | * DOC: Introduction | |
29 | * | |
30 | * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges | |
31 | * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated | |
32 | * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used | |
33 | * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent | |
34 | * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers | |
35 | * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely. | |
36 | * | |
37 | * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum | |
38 | * use restrictions. | |
39 | */ | |
40 | ||
41 | ||
42 | /** | |
43 | * DOC: Device registration | |
44 | * | |
45 | * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device | |
46 | * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs | |
47 | * described below. | |
48 | * | |
49 | * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each | |
50 | * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each | |
51 | * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with | |
52 | * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's | |
53 | * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes | |
54 | * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the | |
55 | * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating | |
56 | * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the | |
57 | * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful. | |
58 | * | |
59 | * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has | |
60 | * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and | |
61 | * structures here describe these capabilities in detail. | |
62 | */ | |
63 | ||
64 | struct wiphy; | |
65 | ||
66 | /* | |
67 | * wireless hardware capability structures | |
68 | */ | |
69 | ||
70 | /** | |
71 | * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags | |
72 | * | |
73 | * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code. | |
74 | * | |
75 | * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled. | |
76 | * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes | |
77 | * sending probe requests or beaconing. | |
78 | * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel. | |
79 | * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel | |
80 | * is not permitted. | |
81 | * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel | |
82 | * is not permitted. | |
83 | * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel. | |
84 | * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band, | |
85 | * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this | |
86 | * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. | |
87 | * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth | |
88 | * restrictions. | |
89 | * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band, | |
90 | * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this | |
91 | * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. | |
92 | * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth | |
93 | * restrictions. | |
94 | * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY | |
95 | * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT | |
96 | * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted | |
97 | * on this channel. | |
98 | * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted | |
99 | * on this channel. | |
100 | * | |
101 | */ | |
102 | enum ieee80211_channel_flags { | |
103 | IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = 1<<0, | |
104 | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = 1<<1, | |
105 | /* hole at 1<<2 */ | |
106 | IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = 1<<3, | |
107 | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<4, | |
108 | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<5, | |
109 | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = 1<<6, | |
110 | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = 1<<7, | |
111 | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = 1<<8, | |
112 | IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = 1<<9, | |
113 | IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<10, | |
114 | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = 1<<11, | |
115 | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = 1<<12, | |
116 | }; | |
117 | ||
118 | #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \ | |
119 | (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS) | |
120 | ||
121 | #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000 | |
122 | #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000) | |
123 | ||
124 | /** | |
125 | * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition | |
126 | * | |
127 | * This structure describes a single channel for use | |
128 | * with cfg80211. | |
129 | * | |
130 | * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz | |
131 | * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel | |
132 | * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags. | |
133 | * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory | |
134 | * code to support devices with additional restrictions | |
135 | * @band: band this channel belongs to. | |
136 | * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi | |
137 | * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm) | |
138 | * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm) | |
139 | * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon | |
140 | * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon() | |
141 | * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band. | |
142 | * @orig_mag: internal use | |
143 | * @orig_mpwr: internal use | |
144 | * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required | |
145 | * on this channel. | |
146 | * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. | |
147 | * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels. | |
148 | */ | |
149 | struct ieee80211_channel { | |
150 | enum nl80211_band band; | |
151 | u16 center_freq; | |
152 | u16 hw_value; | |
153 | u32 flags; | |
154 | int max_antenna_gain; | |
155 | int max_power; | |
156 | int max_reg_power; | |
157 | bool beacon_found; | |
158 | u32 orig_flags; | |
159 | int orig_mag, orig_mpwr; | |
160 | enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state; | |
161 | unsigned long dfs_state_entered; | |
162 | unsigned int dfs_cac_ms; | |
163 | }; | |
164 | ||
165 | /** | |
166 | * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags | |
167 | * | |
168 | * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured | |
169 | * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for | |
170 | * different bands/PHY modes. | |
171 | * | |
172 | * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short | |
173 | * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and | |
174 | * with CCK rates. | |
175 | * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate | |
176 | * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the | |
177 | * core code when registering the wiphy. | |
178 | * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate | |
179 | * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the | |
180 | * core code when registering the wiphy. | |
181 | * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate | |
182 | * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the | |
183 | * core code when registering the wiphy. | |
184 | * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode. | |
185 | * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode | |
186 | * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode | |
187 | */ | |
188 | enum ieee80211_rate_flags { | |
189 | IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<0, | |
190 | IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = 1<<1, | |
191 | IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = 1<<2, | |
192 | IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = 1<<3, | |
193 | IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = 1<<4, | |
194 | IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = 1<<5, | |
195 | IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = 1<<6, | |
196 | }; | |
197 | ||
198 | /** | |
199 | * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter | |
200 | * | |
201 | * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS | |
202 | * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS | |
203 | * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS | |
204 | * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS | |
205 | * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type | |
206 | */ | |
207 | enum ieee80211_bss_type { | |
208 | IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS, | |
209 | IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS, | |
210 | IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, | |
211 | IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS, | |
212 | IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY | |
213 | }; | |
214 | ||
215 | /** | |
216 | * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter | |
217 | * | |
218 | * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set | |
219 | * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear | |
220 | * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting | |
221 | */ | |
222 | enum ieee80211_privacy { | |
223 | IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON, | |
224 | IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF, | |
225 | IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY | |
226 | }; | |
227 | ||
228 | #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \ | |
229 | ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF) | |
230 | ||
231 | /** | |
232 | * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition | |
233 | * | |
234 | * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can | |
235 | * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short | |
236 | * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are | |
237 | * passed around. | |
238 | * | |
239 | * @flags: rate-specific flags | |
240 | * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps | |
241 | * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate | |
242 | * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when | |
243 | * short preamble is used | |
244 | */ | |
245 | struct ieee80211_rate { | |
246 | u32 flags; | |
247 | u16 bitrate; | |
248 | u16 hw_value, hw_value_short; | |
249 | }; | |
250 | ||
251 | /** | |
252 | * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities | |
253 | * | |
254 | * This structure describes most essential parameters needed | |
255 | * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA. | |
256 | * | |
257 | * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA | |
258 | * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec | |
259 | * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor | |
260 | * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing | |
261 | * @mcs: Supported MCS rates | |
262 | */ | |
263 | struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap { | |
264 | u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */ | |
265 | bool ht_supported; | |
266 | u8 ampdu_factor; | |
267 | u8 ampdu_density; | |
268 | struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs; | |
269 | }; | |
270 | ||
271 | /** | |
272 | * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities | |
273 | * | |
274 | * This structure describes most essential parameters needed | |
275 | * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA. | |
276 | * | |
277 | * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA | |
278 | * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec | |
279 | * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates | |
280 | */ | |
281 | struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap { | |
282 | bool vht_supported; | |
283 | u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */ | |
284 | struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs; | |
285 | }; | |
286 | ||
287 | /** | |
288 | * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition | |
289 | * | |
290 | * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy | |
291 | * is able to operate in. | |
292 | * | |
293 | * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate in | |
294 | * in this band. | |
295 | * @band: the band this structure represents | |
296 | * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels | |
297 | * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with | |
298 | * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported | |
299 | * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM. | |
300 | * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates | |
301 | * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band | |
302 | * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band | |
303 | */ | |
304 | struct ieee80211_supported_band { | |
305 | struct ieee80211_channel *channels; | |
306 | struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates; | |
307 | enum nl80211_band band; | |
308 | int n_channels; | |
309 | int n_bitrates; | |
310 | struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; | |
311 | struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap; | |
312 | }; | |
313 | ||
314 | /** | |
315 | * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree | |
316 | * | |
317 | * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for | |
318 | * | |
319 | * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful | |
320 | * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board | |
321 | * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier). | |
322 | * | |
323 | * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable | |
324 | * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with | |
325 | * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make | |
326 | * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified | |
327 | * without affecting other devices. | |
328 | * | |
329 | * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev. | |
330 | * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first. | |
331 | * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register(). | |
332 | */ | |
333 | #ifdef CONFIG_OF | |
334 | void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy); | |
335 | #else /* CONFIG_OF */ | |
336 | static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy) | |
337 | { | |
338 | } | |
339 | #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */ | |
340 | ||
341 | ||
342 | /* | |
343 | * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods | |
344 | */ | |
345 | ||
346 | /** | |
347 | * DOC: Actions and configuration | |
348 | * | |
349 | * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration | |
350 | * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these | |
351 | * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these | |
352 | * operations use are described separately. | |
353 | * | |
354 | * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status | |
355 | * information via some functions that drivers need to call. | |
356 | * | |
357 | * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described | |
358 | * in a separate chapter. | |
359 | */ | |
360 | ||
361 | #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\ | |
362 | WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN) | |
363 | ||
364 | /** | |
365 | * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters | |
366 | * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise | |
367 | * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set | |
368 | * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames | |
369 | * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface. | |
370 | * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may | |
371 | * determine the address as needed. | |
372 | * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the | |
373 | * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating | |
374 | ** only p2p devices with specified MAC. | |
375 | * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets | |
376 | * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed | |
377 | * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring | |
378 | * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed | |
379 | */ | |
380 | struct vif_params { | |
381 | u32 flags; | |
382 | int use_4addr; | |
383 | u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN]; | |
384 | const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups; | |
385 | const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr; | |
386 | }; | |
387 | ||
388 | /** | |
389 | * struct key_params - key information | |
390 | * | |
391 | * Information about a key | |
392 | * | |
393 | * @key: key material | |
394 | * @key_len: length of key material | |
395 | * @cipher: cipher suite selector | |
396 | * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used | |
397 | * with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian, | |
398 | * length given by @seq_len. | |
399 | * @seq_len: length of @seq. | |
400 | */ | |
401 | struct key_params { | |
402 | const u8 *key; | |
403 | const u8 *seq; | |
404 | int key_len; | |
405 | int seq_len; | |
406 | u32 cipher; | |
407 | }; | |
408 | ||
409 | /** | |
410 | * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition | |
411 | * @chan: the (control) channel | |
412 | * @width: channel width | |
413 | * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment | |
414 | * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment | |
415 | * (only with 80+80 MHz) | |
416 | */ | |
417 | struct cfg80211_chan_def { | |
418 | struct ieee80211_channel *chan; | |
419 | enum nl80211_chan_width width; | |
420 | u32 center_freq1; | |
421 | u32 center_freq2; | |
422 | }; | |
423 | ||
424 | /** | |
425 | * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef | |
426 | * @chandef: the channel definition | |
427 | * | |
428 | * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given | |
429 | * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion. | |
430 | */ | |
431 | static inline enum nl80211_channel_type | |
432 | cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) | |
433 | { | |
434 | switch (chandef->width) { | |
435 | case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: | |
436 | return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; | |
437 | case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: | |
438 | return NL80211_CHAN_HT20; | |
439 | case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: | |
440 | if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq) | |
441 | return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS; | |
442 | return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS; | |
443 | default: | |
444 | WARN_ON(1); | |
445 | return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; | |
446 | } | |
447 | } | |
448 | ||
449 | /** | |
450 | * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type | |
451 | * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill | |
452 | * @channel: the control channel | |
453 | * @chantype: the channel type | |
454 | * | |
455 | * Given a channel type, create a channel definition. | |
456 | */ | |
457 | void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, | |
458 | struct ieee80211_channel *channel, | |
459 | enum nl80211_channel_type chantype); | |
460 | ||
461 | /** | |
462 | * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical | |
463 | * @chandef1: first channel definition | |
464 | * @chandef2: second channel definition | |
465 | * | |
466 | * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are | |
467 | * identical, %false otherwise. | |
468 | */ | |
469 | static inline bool | |
470 | cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, | |
471 | const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2) | |
472 | { | |
473 | return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan && | |
474 | chandef1->width == chandef2->width && | |
475 | chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 && | |
476 | chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2); | |
477 | } | |
478 | ||
479 | /** | |
480 | * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible | |
481 | * @chandef1: first channel definition | |
482 | * @chandef2: second channel definition | |
483 | * | |
484 | * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible, | |
485 | * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise. | |
486 | */ | |
487 | const struct cfg80211_chan_def * | |
488 | cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, | |
489 | const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2); | |
490 | ||
491 | /** | |
492 | * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid | |
493 | * @chandef: the channel definition to check | |
494 | * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise. | |
495 | */ | |
496 | bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); | |
497 | ||
498 | /** | |
499 | * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used | |
500 | * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against | |
501 | * @chandef: the channel definition to check | |
502 | * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set | |
503 | * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise. | |
504 | */ | |
505 | bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
506 | const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, | |
507 | u32 prohibited_flags); | |
508 | ||
509 | /** | |
510 | * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required | |
511 | * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against | |
512 | * @chandef: the channel definition to check | |
513 | * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype | |
514 | * Returns: | |
515 | * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error | |
516 | */ | |
517 | int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
518 | const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, | |
519 | enum nl80211_iftype iftype); | |
520 | ||
521 | /** | |
522 | * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel | |
523 | * | |
524 | * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK | |
525 | * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels. | |
526 | * | |
527 | * @chandef: channel definition for the channel | |
528 | * | |
529 | * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel | |
530 | */ | |
531 | static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags | |
532 | ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) | |
533 | { | |
534 | switch (chandef->width) { | |
535 | case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: | |
536 | return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ; | |
537 | case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: | |
538 | return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ; | |
539 | default: | |
540 | break; | |
541 | } | |
542 | return 0; | |
543 | } | |
544 | ||
545 | /** | |
546 | * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef | |
547 | * | |
548 | * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel | |
549 | * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual | |
550 | * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels. | |
551 | * | |
552 | * @chandef: channel definition for the channel | |
553 | * | |
554 | * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef | |
555 | */ | |
556 | static inline int | |
557 | ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) | |
558 | { | |
559 | switch (chandef->width) { | |
560 | case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: | |
561 | return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6, | |
562 | chandef->chan->max_power); | |
563 | case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: | |
564 | return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3, | |
565 | chandef->chan->max_power); | |
566 | default: | |
567 | break; | |
568 | } | |
569 | return chandef->chan->max_power; | |
570 | } | |
571 | ||
572 | /** | |
573 | * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags | |
574 | * | |
575 | * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in | |
576 | * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used | |
577 | * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in | |
578 | * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in | |
579 | * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in | |
580 | * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in | |
581 | * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in | |
582 | * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in | |
583 | * | |
584 | * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info | |
585 | * it has filled in during the get_survey(). | |
586 | */ | |
587 | enum survey_info_flags { | |
588 | SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0), | |
589 | SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1), | |
590 | SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2), | |
591 | SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3), | |
592 | SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4), | |
593 | SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5), | |
594 | SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6), | |
595 | SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7), | |
596 | }; | |
597 | ||
598 | /** | |
599 | * struct survey_info - channel survey response | |
600 | * | |
601 | * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single | |
602 | * record to report global statistics | |
603 | * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags | |
604 | * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are | |
605 | * optional | |
606 | * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel) | |
607 | * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy | |
608 | * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy | |
609 | * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data | |
610 | * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data | |
611 | * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning | |
612 | * | |
613 | * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information. | |
614 | * | |
615 | * This structure can later be expanded with things like | |
616 | * channel duty cycle etc. | |
617 | */ | |
618 | struct survey_info { | |
619 | struct ieee80211_channel *channel; | |
620 | u64 time; | |
621 | u64 time_busy; | |
622 | u64 time_ext_busy; | |
623 | u64 time_rx; | |
624 | u64 time_tx; | |
625 | u64 time_scan; | |
626 | u32 filled; | |
627 | s8 noise; | |
628 | }; | |
629 | ||
630 | #define CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS 4 | |
631 | ||
632 | /** | |
633 | * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings | |
634 | * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled | |
635 | * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions) | |
636 | * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset) | |
637 | * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers | |
638 | * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites | |
639 | * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites | |
640 | * @akm_suites: AKM suites | |
641 | * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., | |
642 | * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is | |
643 | * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by | |
644 | * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. | |
645 | * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be | |
646 | * allowed through even on unauthorized ports | |
647 | * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port | |
648 | * protocol frames. | |
649 | * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of | |
650 | * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys | |
651 | * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key | |
652 | * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload) | |
653 | */ | |
654 | struct cfg80211_crypto_settings { | |
655 | u32 wpa_versions; | |
656 | u32 cipher_group; | |
657 | int n_ciphers_pairwise; | |
658 | u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES]; | |
659 | int n_akm_suites; | |
660 | u32 akm_suites[NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES]; | |
661 | bool control_port; | |
662 | __be16 control_port_ethertype; | |
663 | bool control_port_no_encrypt; | |
664 | struct key_params *wep_keys; | |
665 | int wep_tx_key; | |
666 | const u8 *psk; | |
667 | }; | |
668 | ||
669 | /** | |
670 | * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data | |
671 | * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE) | |
672 | * or %NULL if not changed | |
673 | * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE) | |
674 | * or %NULL if not changed | |
675 | * @head_len: length of @head | |
676 | * @tail_len: length of @tail | |
677 | * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL | |
678 | * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets | |
679 | * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response | |
680 | * frames or %NULL | |
681 | * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets | |
682 | * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association | |
683 | * Response frames or %NULL | |
684 | * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets | |
685 | * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp) | |
686 | * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only) | |
687 | */ | |
688 | struct cfg80211_beacon_data { | |
689 | const u8 *head, *tail; | |
690 | const u8 *beacon_ies; | |
691 | const u8 *proberesp_ies; | |
692 | const u8 *assocresp_ies; | |
693 | const u8 *probe_resp; | |
694 | ||
695 | size_t head_len, tail_len; | |
696 | size_t beacon_ies_len; | |
697 | size_t proberesp_ies_len; | |
698 | size_t assocresp_ies_len; | |
699 | size_t probe_resp_len; | |
700 | }; | |
701 | ||
702 | struct mac_address { | |
703 | u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; | |
704 | }; | |
705 | ||
706 | /** | |
707 | * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data | |
708 | * | |
709 | * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's | |
710 | * entry specified by mac_addr | |
711 | * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed | |
712 | * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL | |
713 | */ | |
714 | struct cfg80211_acl_data { | |
715 | enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy; | |
716 | int n_acl_entries; | |
717 | ||
718 | /* Keep it last */ | |
719 | struct mac_address mac_addrs[]; | |
720 | }; | |
721 | ||
722 | /* | |
723 | * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control | |
724 | */ | |
725 | struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask { | |
726 | struct { | |
727 | u32 legacy; | |
728 | u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN]; | |
729 | u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; | |
730 | enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi; | |
731 | } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; | |
732 | }; | |
733 | ||
734 | /** | |
735 | * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration | |
736 | * | |
737 | * Used to configure an AP interface. | |
738 | * | |
739 | * @chandef: defines the channel to use | |
740 | * @beacon: beacon data | |
741 | * @beacon_interval: beacon interval | |
742 | * @dtim_period: DTIM period | |
743 | * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from | |
744 | * user space) | |
745 | * @ssid_len: length of @ssid | |
746 | * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames | |
747 | * @crypto: crypto settings | |
748 | * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy | |
749 | * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) | |
750 | * @smps_mode: SMPS mode | |
751 | * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity. | |
752 | * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window | |
753 | * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS | |
754 | * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for | |
755 | * MAC address based access control | |
756 | * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG | |
757 | * networks. | |
758 | * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons | |
759 | * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled) | |
760 | * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled) | |
761 | * @ht_required: stations must support HT | |
762 | * @vht_required: stations must support VHT | |
763 | */ | |
764 | struct cfg80211_ap_settings { | |
765 | struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; | |
766 | ||
767 | struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; | |
768 | ||
769 | int beacon_interval, dtim_period; | |
770 | const u8 *ssid; | |
771 | size_t ssid_len; | |
772 | enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid; | |
773 | struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; | |
774 | bool privacy; | |
775 | enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; | |
776 | enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; | |
777 | int inactivity_timeout; | |
778 | u8 p2p_ctwindow; | |
779 | bool p2p_opp_ps; | |
780 | const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl; | |
781 | bool pbss; | |
782 | struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; | |
783 | ||
784 | const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap; | |
785 | const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap; | |
786 | bool ht_required, vht_required; | |
787 | }; | |
788 | ||
789 | /** | |
790 | * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings | |
791 | * | |
792 | * Used for channel switch | |
793 | * | |
794 | * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch | |
795 | * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch | |
796 | * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) | |
797 | * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response | |
798 | * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail) | |
799 | * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response | |
800 | * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel | |
801 | * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel | |
802 | * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing | |
803 | * @count: number of beacons until switch | |
804 | */ | |
805 | struct cfg80211_csa_settings { | |
806 | struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; | |
807 | struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa; | |
808 | const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon; | |
809 | const u16 *counter_offsets_presp; | |
810 | unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon; | |
811 | unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp; | |
812 | struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after; | |
813 | bool radar_required; | |
814 | bool block_tx; | |
815 | u8 count; | |
816 | }; | |
817 | ||
818 | #define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_DIFFERENT_CHANNELS 10 | |
819 | ||
820 | /** | |
821 | * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations | |
822 | * | |
823 | * Used to pass interface combination parameters | |
824 | * | |
825 | * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want | |
826 | * to use for verification | |
827 | * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel | |
828 | * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of | |
829 | * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths | |
830 | * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface | |
831 | * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum | |
832 | * nl80211_iftype. | |
833 | * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface | |
834 | * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of | |
835 | * the verification | |
836 | */ | |
837 | struct iface_combination_params { | |
838 | int num_different_channels; | |
839 | u8 radar_detect; | |
840 | int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES]; | |
841 | u32 new_beacon_int; | |
842 | }; | |
843 | ||
844 | /** | |
845 | * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply | |
846 | * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp) | |
847 | * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability | |
848 | * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state | |
849 | * | |
850 | * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling, | |
851 | * for those that don't these flags will are used. | |
852 | */ | |
853 | enum station_parameters_apply_mask { | |
854 | STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0), | |
855 | STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1), | |
856 | STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2), | |
857 | }; | |
858 | ||
859 | /** | |
860 | * struct station_parameters - station parameters | |
861 | * | |
862 | * Used to change and create a new station. | |
863 | * | |
864 | * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to | |
865 | * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format | |
866 | * (or NULL for no change) | |
867 | * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates | |
868 | * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed | |
869 | * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) | |
870 | * @sta_flags_set: station flags values | |
871 | * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) | |
872 | * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change | |
873 | * @aid: AID or zero for no change | |
874 | * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change | |
875 | * @plink_action: plink action to take | |
876 | * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station | |
877 | * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station | |
878 | * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station | |
879 | * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format | |
880 | * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field | |
881 | * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the | |
882 | * QoS info field (but already shifted down) | |
883 | * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed | |
884 | * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value), | |
885 | * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask | |
886 | * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set | |
887 | * to unknown) | |
888 | * @capability: station capability | |
889 | * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station | |
890 | * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities | |
891 | * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format | |
892 | * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels | |
893 | * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format | |
894 | * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes | |
895 | * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification | |
896 | * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used | |
897 | * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism | |
898 | */ | |
899 | struct station_parameters { | |
900 | const u8 *supported_rates; | |
901 | struct net_device *vlan; | |
902 | u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set; | |
903 | u32 sta_modify_mask; | |
904 | int listen_interval; | |
905 | u16 aid; | |
906 | u16 peer_aid; | |
907 | u8 supported_rates_len; | |
908 | u8 plink_action; | |
909 | u8 plink_state; | |
910 | const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa; | |
911 | const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa; | |
912 | u8 uapsd_queues; | |
913 | u8 max_sp; | |
914 | enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; | |
915 | u16 capability; | |
916 | const u8 *ext_capab; | |
917 | u8 ext_capab_len; | |
918 | const u8 *supported_channels; | |
919 | u8 supported_channels_len; | |
920 | const u8 *supported_oper_classes; | |
921 | u8 supported_oper_classes_len; | |
922 | u8 opmode_notif; | |
923 | bool opmode_notif_used; | |
924 | int support_p2p_ps; | |
925 | }; | |
926 | ||
927 | /** | |
928 | * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters | |
929 | * | |
930 | * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations). | |
931 | * | |
932 | * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations | |
933 | * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal | |
934 | * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication) | |
935 | * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame | |
936 | */ | |
937 | struct station_del_parameters { | |
938 | const u8 *mac; | |
939 | u8 subtype; | |
940 | u16 reason_code; | |
941 | }; | |
942 | ||
943 | /** | |
944 | * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified | |
945 | * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface | |
946 | * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still | |
947 | * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted) | |
948 | * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has | |
949 | * the AP MLME in the device | |
950 | * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface | |
951 | * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station | |
952 | * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry | |
953 | * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when | |
954 | * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is | |
955 | * supported/used) | |
956 | * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active | |
957 | * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace) | |
958 | * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed) | |
959 | * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed) | |
960 | */ | |
961 | enum cfg80211_station_type { | |
962 | CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT, | |
963 | CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC, | |
964 | CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT, | |
965 | CFG80211_STA_AP_STA, | |
966 | CFG80211_STA_IBSS, | |
967 | CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP, | |
968 | CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE, | |
969 | CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL, | |
970 | CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER, | |
971 | }; | |
972 | ||
973 | /** | |
974 | * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes | |
975 | * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on | |
976 | * @params: the new parameters for a station | |
977 | * @statype: the type of station being modified | |
978 | * | |
979 | * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function | |
980 | * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that | |
981 | * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if | |
982 | * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for | |
983 | * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this. | |
984 | */ | |
985 | int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
986 | struct station_parameters *params, | |
987 | enum cfg80211_station_type statype); | |
988 | ||
989 | /** | |
990 | * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags | |
991 | * | |
992 | * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission | |
993 | * type for 802.11n transmissions. | |
994 | * | |
995 | * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS | |
996 | * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS | |
997 | * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval | |
998 | * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_60G: 60GHz MCS | |
999 | */ | |
1000 | enum rate_info_flags { | |
1001 | RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0), | |
1002 | RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1), | |
1003 | RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2), | |
1004 | RATE_INFO_FLAGS_60G = BIT(3), | |
1005 | }; | |
1006 | ||
1007 | /** | |
1008 | * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information | |
1009 | * | |
1010 | * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth. | |
1011 | * | |
1012 | * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth | |
1013 | * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth | |
1014 | * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth | |
1015 | * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth | |
1016 | * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth | |
1017 | * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth | |
1018 | */ | |
1019 | enum rate_info_bw { | |
1020 | RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0, | |
1021 | RATE_INFO_BW_5, | |
1022 | RATE_INFO_BW_10, | |
1023 | RATE_INFO_BW_40, | |
1024 | RATE_INFO_BW_80, | |
1025 | RATE_INFO_BW_160, | |
1026 | }; | |
1027 | ||
1028 | /** | |
1029 | * struct rate_info - bitrate information | |
1030 | * | |
1031 | * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate | |
1032 | * | |
1033 | * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags | |
1034 | * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes a 802.11n bitrate | |
1035 | * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg | |
1036 | * @nss: number of streams (VHT only) | |
1037 | * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw) | |
1038 | */ | |
1039 | struct rate_info { | |
1040 | u8 flags; | |
1041 | u8 mcs; | |
1042 | u16 legacy; | |
1043 | u8 nss; | |
1044 | u8 bw; | |
1045 | }; | |
1046 | ||
1047 | /** | |
1048 | * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags | |
1049 | * | |
1050 | * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission | |
1051 | * type for 802.11n transmissions. | |
1052 | * | |
1053 | * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled | |
1054 | * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled | |
1055 | * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled | |
1056 | */ | |
1057 | enum bss_param_flags { | |
1058 | BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = 1<<0, | |
1059 | BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<1, | |
1060 | BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = 1<<2, | |
1061 | }; | |
1062 | ||
1063 | /** | |
1064 | * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station | |
1065 | * | |
1066 | * Information about the currently associated BSS | |
1067 | * | |
1068 | * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags | |
1069 | * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS | |
1070 | * @beacon_interval: beacon interval | |
1071 | */ | |
1072 | struct sta_bss_parameters { | |
1073 | u8 flags; | |
1074 | u8 dtim_period; | |
1075 | u16 beacon_interval; | |
1076 | }; | |
1077 | ||
1078 | /** | |
1079 | * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics | |
1080 | * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to | |
1081 | * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled | |
1082 | * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs | |
1083 | * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs | |
1084 | * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for | |
1085 | * transmitted MSDUs | |
1086 | * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs | |
1087 | */ | |
1088 | struct cfg80211_tid_stats { | |
1089 | u32 filled; | |
1090 | u64 rx_msdu; | |
1091 | u64 tx_msdu; | |
1092 | u64 tx_msdu_retries; | |
1093 | u64 tx_msdu_failed; | |
1094 | }; | |
1095 | ||
1096 | #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4 | |
1097 | ||
1098 | /** | |
1099 | * struct station_info - station information | |
1100 | * | |
1101 | * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station. | |
1102 | * | |
1103 | * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to | |
1104 | * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them | |
1105 | * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected | |
1106 | * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds | |
1107 | * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station | |
1108 | * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station | |
1109 | * @llid: mesh local link id | |
1110 | * @plid: mesh peer link id | |
1111 | * @plink_state: mesh peer link state | |
1112 | * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. | |
1113 | * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. | |
1114 | * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. | |
1115 | * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. | |
1116 | * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg | |
1117 | * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm | |
1118 | * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm | |
1119 | * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station | |
1120 | * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station | |
1121 | * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station | |
1122 | * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station | |
1123 | * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) | |
1124 | * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) | |
1125 | * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. | |
1126 | * @bss_param: current BSS parameters | |
1127 | * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. | |
1128 | * This number should increase every time the list of stations | |
1129 | * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that | |
1130 | * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. | |
1131 | * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request. | |
1132 | * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use | |
1133 | * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for | |
1134 | * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. | |
1135 | * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets. | |
1136 | * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values | |
1137 | * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. | |
1138 | * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host. | |
1139 | * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode | |
1140 | * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode | |
1141 | * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode | |
1142 | * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) | |
1143 | * towards this station. | |
1144 | * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer | |
1145 | * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received | |
1146 | * from this peer | |
1147 | * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer | |
1148 | * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last | |
1149 | * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. | |
1150 | */ | |
1151 | struct station_info { | |
1152 | u64 filled; | |
1153 | u32 connected_time; | |
1154 | u32 inactive_time; | |
1155 | u64 rx_bytes; | |
1156 | u64 tx_bytes; | |
1157 | u16 llid; | |
1158 | u16 plid; | |
1159 | u8 plink_state; | |
1160 | s8 signal; | |
1161 | s8 signal_avg; | |
1162 | ||
1163 | u8 chains; | |
1164 | s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; | |
1165 | s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; | |
1166 | ||
1167 | struct rate_info txrate; | |
1168 | struct rate_info rxrate; | |
1169 | u32 rx_packets; | |
1170 | u32 tx_packets; | |
1171 | u32 tx_retries; | |
1172 | u32 tx_failed; | |
1173 | u32 rx_dropped_misc; | |
1174 | struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; | |
1175 | struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags; | |
1176 | ||
1177 | int generation; | |
1178 | ||
1179 | const u8 *assoc_req_ies; | |
1180 | size_t assoc_req_ies_len; | |
1181 | ||
1182 | u32 beacon_loss_count; | |
1183 | s64 t_offset; | |
1184 | enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; | |
1185 | enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm; | |
1186 | enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm; | |
1187 | ||
1188 | u32 expected_throughput; | |
1189 | ||
1190 | u64 rx_beacon; | |
1191 | u64 rx_duration; | |
1192 | u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; | |
1193 | struct cfg80211_tid_stats pertid[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS + 1]; | |
1194 | }; | |
1195 | ||
1196 | #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) | |
1197 | /** | |
1198 | * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station | |
1199 | * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to | |
1200 | * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest | |
1201 | * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information | |
1202 | * | |
1203 | * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information | |
1204 | * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be | |
1205 | * considered undefined. | |
1206 | */ | |
1207 | int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, | |
1208 | struct station_info *sinfo); | |
1209 | #else | |
1210 | static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, | |
1211 | const u8 *mac_addr, | |
1212 | struct station_info *sinfo) | |
1213 | { | |
1214 | return -ENOENT; | |
1215 | } | |
1216 | #endif | |
1217 | ||
1218 | /** | |
1219 | * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags | |
1220 | * | |
1221 | * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits | |
1222 | * according to the nl80211 flags. | |
1223 | * | |
1224 | * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed | |
1225 | * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS | |
1226 | * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP | |
1227 | * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames | |
1228 | * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering | |
1229 | * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing | |
1230 | * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address | |
1231 | */ | |
1232 | enum monitor_flags { | |
1233 | MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, | |
1234 | MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, | |
1235 | MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, | |
1236 | MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, | |
1237 | MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, | |
1238 | MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, | |
1239 | MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, | |
1240 | }; | |
1241 | ||
1242 | /** | |
1243 | * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags | |
1244 | * | |
1245 | * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled | |
1246 | * in during get_station() or dump_station(). | |
1247 | * | |
1248 | * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled | |
1249 | * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled | |
1250 | * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled | |
1251 | * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled | |
1252 | * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled | |
1253 | * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled | |
1254 | * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled | |
1255 | */ | |
1256 | enum mpath_info_flags { | |
1257 | MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0), | |
1258 | MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1), | |
1259 | MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2), | |
1260 | MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3), | |
1261 | MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4), | |
1262 | MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5), | |
1263 | MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6), | |
1264 | }; | |
1265 | ||
1266 | /** | |
1267 | * struct mpath_info - mesh path information | |
1268 | * | |
1269 | * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath(). | |
1270 | * | |
1271 | * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags | |
1272 | * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination | |
1273 | * @sn: target sequence number | |
1274 | * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path | |
1275 | * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs | |
1276 | * @flags: mesh path flags | |
1277 | * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs | |
1278 | * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries | |
1279 | * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. | |
1280 | * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths | |
1281 | * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that | |
1282 | * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. | |
1283 | */ | |
1284 | struct mpath_info { | |
1285 | u32 filled; | |
1286 | u32 frame_qlen; | |
1287 | u32 sn; | |
1288 | u32 metric; | |
1289 | u32 exptime; | |
1290 | u32 discovery_timeout; | |
1291 | u8 discovery_retries; | |
1292 | u8 flags; | |
1293 | ||
1294 | int generation; | |
1295 | }; | |
1296 | ||
1297 | /** | |
1298 | * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters | |
1299 | * | |
1300 | * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode). | |
1301 | * | |
1302 | * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection | |
1303 | * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) | |
1304 | * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed | |
1305 | * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) | |
1306 | * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed | |
1307 | * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) | |
1308 | * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format | |
1309 | * (or NULL for no change) | |
1310 | * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates | |
1311 | * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations | |
1312 | * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode | |
1313 | * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change) | |
1314 | * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change) | |
1315 | * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change) | |
1316 | */ | |
1317 | struct bss_parameters { | |
1318 | int use_cts_prot; | |
1319 | int use_short_preamble; | |
1320 | int use_short_slot_time; | |
1321 | const u8 *basic_rates; | |
1322 | u8 basic_rates_len; | |
1323 | int ap_isolate; | |
1324 | int ht_opmode; | |
1325 | s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps; | |
1326 | }; | |
1327 | ||
1328 | /** | |
1329 | * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration | |
1330 | * | |
1331 | * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active. | |
1332 | * | |
1333 | * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used | |
1334 | * by the Mesh Peering Open message | |
1335 | * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units | |
1336 | * used by the Mesh Peering Open message | |
1337 | * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by | |
1338 | * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering | |
1339 | * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this | |
1340 | * mesh interface | |
1341 | * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can | |
1342 | * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh | |
1343 | * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA | |
1344 | * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection | |
1345 | * elements | |
1346 | * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we | |
1347 | * detect compatible mesh peers | |
1348 | * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to | |
1349 | * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method | |
1350 | * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ | |
1351 | * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target | |
1352 | * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds | |
1353 | * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on | |
1354 | * a path discovery in milliseconds | |
1355 | * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs | |
1356 | * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the | |
1357 | * root to be valid. (TU = time unit) | |
1358 | * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during | |
1359 | * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ | |
1360 | * element | |
1361 | * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during | |
1362 | * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR | |
1363 | * element | |
1364 | * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that | |
1365 | * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh | |
1366 | * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA | |
1367 | * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root | |
1368 | * announcements are transmitted | |
1369 | * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh | |
1370 | * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is | |
1371 | * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true | |
1372 | * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but | |
1373 | * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the | |
1374 | * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec) | |
1375 | * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding | |
1376 | * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) | |
1377 | * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate | |
1378 | * station to establish a peer link | |
1379 | * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode | |
1380 | * | |
1381 | * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs | |
1382 | * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to | |
1383 | * the root mesh STA to be valid. | |
1384 | * | |
1385 | * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive | |
1386 | * PREQs are transmitted. | |
1387 | * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs) | |
1388 | * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing | |
1389 | * a PREQ element for root path confirmation. | |
1390 | * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial | |
1391 | * setting for new peer links. | |
1392 | * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake | |
1393 | * after transmitting its beacon. | |
1394 | * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established | |
1395 | * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it | |
1396 | * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes. | |
1397 | */ | |
1398 | struct mesh_config { | |
1399 | u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout; | |
1400 | u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout; | |
1401 | u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout; | |
1402 | u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks; | |
1403 | u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries; | |
1404 | u8 dot11MeshTTL; | |
1405 | u8 element_ttl; | |
1406 | bool auto_open_plinks; | |
1407 | u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor; | |
1408 | u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries; | |
1409 | u32 path_refresh_time; | |
1410 | u16 min_discovery_timeout; | |
1411 | u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout; | |
1412 | u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval; | |
1413 | u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval; | |
1414 | u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime; | |
1415 | u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode; | |
1416 | u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval; | |
1417 | bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol; | |
1418 | bool dot11MeshForwarding; | |
1419 | s32 rssi_threshold; | |
1420 | u16 ht_opmode; | |
1421 | u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout; | |
1422 | u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval; | |
1423 | u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval; | |
1424 | enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode; | |
1425 | u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration; | |
1426 | u32 plink_timeout; | |
1427 | }; | |
1428 | ||
1429 | /** | |
1430 | * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration | |
1431 | * @chandef: defines the channel to use | |
1432 | * @mesh_id: the mesh ID | |
1433 | * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes | |
1434 | * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use | |
1435 | * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use | |
1436 | * @path_metric: which metric to use | |
1437 | * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using | |
1438 | * @ie: vendor information elements (optional) | |
1439 | * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements | |
1440 | * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication | |
1441 | * @is_secure: this mesh uses security | |
1442 | * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions | |
1443 | * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use | |
1444 | * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use | |
1445 | * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a] | |
1446 | * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh | |
1447 | * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons | |
1448 | * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. | |
1449 | * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required | |
1450 | * to operate on DFS channels. | |
1451 | * | |
1452 | * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created. | |
1453 | */ | |
1454 | struct mesh_setup { | |
1455 | struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; | |
1456 | const u8 *mesh_id; | |
1457 | u8 mesh_id_len; | |
1458 | u8 sync_method; | |
1459 | u8 path_sel_proto; | |
1460 | u8 path_metric; | |
1461 | u8 auth_id; | |
1462 | const u8 *ie; | |
1463 | u8 ie_len; | |
1464 | bool is_authenticated; | |
1465 | bool is_secure; | |
1466 | bool user_mpm; | |
1467 | u8 dtim_period; | |
1468 | u16 beacon_interval; | |
1469 | int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; | |
1470 | u32 basic_rates; | |
1471 | struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; | |
1472 | bool userspace_handles_dfs; | |
1473 | }; | |
1474 | ||
1475 | /** | |
1476 | * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration | |
1477 | * @chandef: defines the channel to use | |
1478 | * | |
1479 | * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network | |
1480 | */ | |
1481 | struct ocb_setup { | |
1482 | struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; | |
1483 | }; | |
1484 | ||
1485 | /** | |
1486 | * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters | |
1487 | * @ac: AC identifier | |
1488 | * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled | |
1489 | * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range | |
1490 | * 1..32767] | |
1491 | * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range | |
1492 | * 1..32767] | |
1493 | * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] | |
1494 | */ | |
1495 | struct ieee80211_txq_params { | |
1496 | enum nl80211_ac ac; | |
1497 | u16 txop; | |
1498 | u16 cwmin; | |
1499 | u16 cwmax; | |
1500 | u8 aifs; | |
1501 | }; | |
1502 | ||
1503 | /** | |
1504 | * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling | |
1505 | * | |
1506 | * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite | |
1507 | * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will | |
1508 | * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the | |
1509 | * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the | |
1510 | * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to | |
1511 | * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements | |
1512 | * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be | |
1513 | * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised | |
1514 | * in the wiphy structure. | |
1515 | * | |
1516 | * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because | |
1517 | * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not | |
1518 | * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist. | |
1519 | * | |
1520 | * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of | |
1521 | * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the | |
1522 | * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available | |
1523 | * to userspace. | |
1524 | */ | |
1525 | ||
1526 | /** | |
1527 | * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description | |
1528 | * @ssid: the SSID | |
1529 | * @ssid_len: length of the ssid | |
1530 | */ | |
1531 | struct cfg80211_ssid { | |
1532 | u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; | |
1533 | u8 ssid_len; | |
1534 | }; | |
1535 | ||
1536 | /** | |
1537 | * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan | |
1538 | * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the | |
1539 | * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this | |
1540 | * information is not available, this field is left zero. | |
1541 | * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set. | |
1542 | * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason, | |
1543 | * userspace will be notified of that | |
1544 | */ | |
1545 | struct cfg80211_scan_info { | |
1546 | u64 scan_start_tsf; | |
1547 | u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); | |
1548 | bool aborted; | |
1549 | }; | |
1550 | ||
1551 | /** | |
1552 | * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description | |
1553 | * | |
1554 | * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only) | |
1555 | * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs | |
1556 | * @channels: channels to scan on. | |
1557 | * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan | |
1558 | * @scan_width: channel width for scanning | |
1559 | * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL | |
1560 | * @ie_len: length of ie in octets | |
1561 | * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If | |
1562 | * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and | |
1563 | * the actual dwell time may be shorter. | |
1564 | * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the | |
1565 | * %duration field. | |
1566 | * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation | |
1567 | * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band | |
1568 | * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for | |
1569 | * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started | |
1570 | * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for | |
1571 | * @info: (internal) information about completed scan | |
1572 | * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted | |
1573 | * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band | |
1574 | * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation | |
1575 | * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that | |
1576 | * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should | |
1577 | * be taken from the @mac_addr | |
1578 | * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID) | |
1579 | */ | |
1580 | struct cfg80211_scan_request { | |
1581 | struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; | |
1582 | int n_ssids; | |
1583 | u32 n_channels; | |
1584 | enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; | |
1585 | const u8 *ie; | |
1586 | size_t ie_len; | |
1587 | u16 duration; | |
1588 | bool duration_mandatory; | |
1589 | u32 flags; | |
1590 | ||
1591 | u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; | |
1592 | ||
1593 | struct wireless_dev *wdev; | |
1594 | ||
1595 | u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); | |
1596 | u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); | |
1597 | u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); | |
1598 | ||
1599 | /* internal */ | |
1600 | struct wiphy *wiphy; | |
1601 | unsigned long scan_start; | |
1602 | struct cfg80211_scan_info info; | |
1603 | bool notified; | |
1604 | bool no_cck; | |
1605 | ||
1606 | /* keep last */ | |
1607 | struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0]; | |
1608 | }; | |
1609 | ||
1610 | static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask) | |
1611 | { | |
1612 | int i; | |
1613 | ||
1614 | get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN); | |
1615 | for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) { | |
1616 | buf[i] &= ~mask[i]; | |
1617 | buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i]; | |
1618 | } | |
1619 | } | |
1620 | ||
1621 | /** | |
1622 | * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match | |
1623 | * | |
1624 | * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match | |
1625 | * or no match (RSSI only) | |
1626 | * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match | |
1627 | * or no match (RSSI only) | |
1628 | * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm) | |
1629 | */ | |
1630 | struct cfg80211_match_set { | |
1631 | struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; | |
1632 | u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; | |
1633 | s32 rssi_thold; | |
1634 | }; | |
1635 | ||
1636 | /** | |
1637 | * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan | |
1638 | * | |
1639 | * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds. | |
1640 | * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means | |
1641 | * infinite loop. | |
1642 | * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero, | |
1643 | * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations. | |
1644 | */ | |
1645 | struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan { | |
1646 | u32 interval; | |
1647 | u32 iterations; | |
1648 | }; | |
1649 | ||
1650 | /** | |
1651 | * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment. | |
1652 | * | |
1653 | * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment. | |
1654 | * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment. | |
1655 | */ | |
1656 | struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust { | |
1657 | enum nl80211_band band; | |
1658 | s8 delta; | |
1659 | }; | |
1660 | ||
1661 | /** | |
1662 | * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description | |
1663 | * | |
1664 | * @reqid: identifies this request. | |
1665 | * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans) | |
1666 | * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs | |
1667 | * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan | |
1668 | * @scan_width: channel width for scanning | |
1669 | * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL | |
1670 | * @ie_len: length of ie in octets | |
1671 | * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation | |
1672 | * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result | |
1673 | * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host | |
1674 | * (others are filtered out). | |
1675 | * If ommited, all results are passed. | |
1676 | * @n_match_sets: number of match sets | |
1677 | * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request | |
1678 | * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for | |
1679 | * @dev: the interface | |
1680 | * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan | |
1681 | * @channels: channels to scan | |
1682 | * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this | |
1683 | * contains the minimum over all matchsets | |
1684 | * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation | |
1685 | * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that | |
1686 | * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should | |
1687 | * be taken from the @mac_addr | |
1688 | * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest | |
1689 | * index must be executed first. | |
1690 | * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1. | |
1691 | * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct | |
1692 | * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request | |
1693 | * owned by a particular socket) | |
1694 | * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed | |
1695 | * @list: for keeping list of requests. | |
1696 | * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan | |
1697 | * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start | |
1698 | * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not | |
1699 | * supported. | |
1700 | * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not. | |
1701 | * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result | |
1702 | * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined | |
1703 | * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS. | |
1704 | * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state. | |
1705 | * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong | |
1706 | * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported | |
1707 | * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that | |
1708 | * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative | |
1709 | * comparisions. | |
1710 | */ | |
1711 | struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request { | |
1712 | u64 reqid; | |
1713 | struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; | |
1714 | int n_ssids; | |
1715 | u32 n_channels; | |
1716 | enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; | |
1717 | const u8 *ie; | |
1718 | size_t ie_len; | |
1719 | u32 flags; | |
1720 | struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets; | |
1721 | int n_match_sets; | |
1722 | s32 min_rssi_thold; | |
1723 | u32 delay; | |
1724 | struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans; | |
1725 | int n_scan_plans; | |
1726 | ||
1727 | u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); | |
1728 | u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); | |
1729 | ||
1730 | bool relative_rssi_set; | |
1731 | s8 relative_rssi; | |
1732 | struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust; | |
1733 | ||
1734 | /* internal */ | |
1735 | struct wiphy *wiphy; | |
1736 | struct net_device *dev; | |
1737 | unsigned long scan_start; | |
1738 | bool report_results; | |
1739 | struct rcu_head rcu_head; | |
1740 | u32 owner_nlportid; | |
1741 | bool nl_owner_dead; | |
1742 | struct list_head list; | |
1743 | ||
1744 | /* keep last */ | |
1745 | struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0]; | |
1746 | }; | |
1747 | ||
1748 | /** | |
1749 | * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type | |
1750 | * | |
1751 | * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available | |
1752 | * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm) | |
1753 | * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100 | |
1754 | */ | |
1755 | enum cfg80211_signal_type { | |
1756 | CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE, | |
1757 | CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, | |
1758 | CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC, | |
1759 | }; | |
1760 | ||
1761 | /** | |
1762 | * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data | |
1763 | * @chan: channel the frame was received on | |
1764 | * @scan_width: scan width that was used | |
1765 | * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's | |
1766 | * signal type | |
1767 | * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was | |
1768 | * received; should match the time when the frame was actually | |
1769 | * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was | |
1770 | * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms. | |
1771 | * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of | |
1772 | * ktime_get_boot_ns() is likely appropriate. | |
1773 | * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the | |
1774 | * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified | |
1775 | * by %parent_bssid. | |
1776 | * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to | |
1777 | * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received. | |
1778 | */ | |
1779 | struct cfg80211_inform_bss { | |
1780 | struct ieee80211_channel *chan; | |
1781 | enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; | |
1782 | s32 signal; | |
1783 | u64 boottime_ns; | |
1784 | u64 parent_tsf; | |
1785 | u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); | |
1786 | }; | |
1787 | ||
1788 | /** | |
1789 | * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data | |
1790 | * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs | |
1791 | * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing | |
1792 | * @len: length of the IEs | |
1793 | * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon | |
1794 | * @data: IE data | |
1795 | */ | |
1796 | struct cfg80211_bss_ies { | |
1797 | u64 tsf; | |
1798 | struct rcu_head rcu_head; | |
1799 | int len; | |
1800 | bool from_beacon; | |
1801 | u8 data[]; | |
1802 | }; | |
1803 | ||
1804 | /** | |
1805 | * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description | |
1806 | * | |
1807 | * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network) | |
1808 | * for use in scan results and similar. | |
1809 | * | |
1810 | * @channel: channel this BSS is on | |
1811 | * @scan_width: width of the control channel | |
1812 | * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS | |
1813 | * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame | |
1814 | * @capability: the capability field in host byte order | |
1815 | * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these | |
1816 | * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or | |
1817 | * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been | |
1818 | * received. It is always non-%NULL. | |
1819 | * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame | |
1820 | * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't | |
1821 | * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the | |
1822 | * @hidden_beacon_bss struct) | |
1823 | * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame | |
1824 | * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from | |
1825 | * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct | |
1826 | * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and | |
1827 | * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case. | |
1828 | * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type) | |
1829 | * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes | |
1830 | */ | |
1831 | struct cfg80211_bss { | |
1832 | struct ieee80211_channel *channel; | |
1833 | enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; | |
1834 | ||
1835 | const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies; | |
1836 | const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies; | |
1837 | const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies; | |
1838 | ||
1839 | struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss; | |
1840 | ||
1841 | s32 signal; | |
1842 | ||
1843 | u16 beacon_interval; | |
1844 | u16 capability; | |
1845 | ||
1846 | u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; | |
1847 | ||
1848 | u8 priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); | |
1849 | }; | |
1850 | ||
1851 | /** | |
1852 | * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID | |
1853 | * @bss: the bss to search | |
1854 | * @ie: the IE ID | |
1855 | * | |
1856 | * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so | |
1857 | * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. | |
1858 | * Return: %NULL if not found. | |
1859 | */ | |
1860 | const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 ie); | |
1861 | ||
1862 | ||
1863 | /** | |
1864 | * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data | |
1865 | * | |
1866 | * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 | |
1867 | * authentication. | |
1868 | * | |
1869 | * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference | |
1870 | * to it if it needs to keep it. | |
1871 | * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) | |
1872 | * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL | |
1873 | * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets | |
1874 | * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication | |
1875 | * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication | |
1876 | * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication | |
1877 | * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains | |
1878 | * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the | |
1879 | * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication | |
1880 | * transaction sequence number field. | |
1881 | * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets | |
1882 | */ | |
1883 | struct cfg80211_auth_request { | |
1884 | struct cfg80211_bss *bss; | |
1885 | const u8 *ie; | |
1886 | size_t ie_len; | |
1887 | enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; | |
1888 | const u8 *key; | |
1889 | u8 key_len, key_idx; | |
1890 | const u8 *auth_data; | |
1891 | size_t auth_data_len; | |
1892 | }; | |
1893 | ||
1894 | /** | |
1895 | * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association. | |
1896 | * | |
1897 | * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n) | |
1898 | * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT | |
1899 | * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association | |
1900 | */ | |
1901 | enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags { | |
1902 | ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0), | |
1903 | ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1), | |
1904 | ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2), | |
1905 | }; | |
1906 | ||
1907 | /** | |
1908 | * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data | |
1909 | * | |
1910 | * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 | |
1911 | * (re)association. | |
1912 | * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is | |
1913 | * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc() | |
1914 | * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new | |
1915 | * association requests while already associating must be rejected. | |
1916 | * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL | |
1917 | * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets | |
1918 | * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association | |
1919 | * @crypto: crypto settings | |
1920 | * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used | |
1921 | * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request | |
1922 | * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to | |
1923 | * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is | |
1924 | * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request | |
1925 | * frame. | |
1926 | * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags | |
1927 | * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask | |
1928 | * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. | |
1929 | * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. | |
1930 | * @vht_capa: VHT capability override | |
1931 | * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use | |
1932 | * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or | |
1933 | * %NULL if FILS is not used. | |
1934 | * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets | |
1935 | * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association | |
1936 | * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts | |
1937 | * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. | |
1938 | */ | |
1939 | struct cfg80211_assoc_request { | |
1940 | struct cfg80211_bss *bss; | |
1941 | const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid; | |
1942 | size_t ie_len; | |
1943 | struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; | |
1944 | bool use_mfp; | |
1945 | u32 flags; | |
1946 | struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; | |
1947 | struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; | |
1948 | struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask; | |
1949 | const u8 *fils_kek; | |
1950 | size_t fils_kek_len; | |
1951 | const u8 *fils_nonces; | |
1952 | }; | |
1953 | ||
1954 | /** | |
1955 | * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data | |
1956 | * | |
1957 | * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 | |
1958 | * deauthentication. | |
1959 | * | |
1960 | * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS to deauthenticate from | |
1961 | * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL | |
1962 | * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets | |
1963 | * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication | |
1964 | * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and | |
1965 | * do not set a deauth frame | |
1966 | */ | |
1967 | struct cfg80211_deauth_request { | |
1968 | const u8 *bssid; | |
1969 | const u8 *ie; | |
1970 | size_t ie_len; | |
1971 | u16 reason_code; | |
1972 | bool local_state_change; | |
1973 | }; | |
1974 | ||
1975 | /** | |
1976 | * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data | |
1977 | * | |
1978 | * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 | |
1979 | * disassociation. | |
1980 | * | |
1981 | * @bss: the BSS to disassociate from | |
1982 | * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL | |
1983 | * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets | |
1984 | * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation | |
1985 | * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no | |
1986 | * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted. | |
1987 | */ | |
1988 | struct cfg80211_disassoc_request { | |
1989 | struct cfg80211_bss *bss; | |
1990 | const u8 *ie; | |
1991 | size_t ie_len; | |
1992 | u16 reason_code; | |
1993 | bool local_state_change; | |
1994 | }; | |
1995 | ||
1996 | /** | |
1997 | * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters | |
1998 | * | |
1999 | * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss() | |
2000 | * method. | |
2001 | * | |
2002 | * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null. | |
2003 | * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero. | |
2004 | * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not | |
2005 | * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID. | |
2006 | * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found | |
2007 | * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for | |
2008 | * IBSSs to join on other channels. | |
2009 | * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon | |
2010 | * @ie_len: length of that | |
2011 | * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use | |
2012 | * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured | |
2013 | * after joining | |
2014 | * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., | |
2015 | * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is | |
2016 | * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by | |
2017 | * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. | |
2018 | * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. | |
2019 | * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required | |
2020 | * to operate on DFS channels. | |
2021 | * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS | |
2022 | * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) | |
2023 | * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask | |
2024 | * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. | |
2025 | * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. | |
2026 | */ | |
2027 | struct cfg80211_ibss_params { | |
2028 | const u8 *ssid; | |
2029 | const u8 *bssid; | |
2030 | struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; | |
2031 | const u8 *ie; | |
2032 | u8 ssid_len, ie_len; | |
2033 | u16 beacon_interval; | |
2034 | u32 basic_rates; | |
2035 | bool channel_fixed; | |
2036 | bool privacy; | |
2037 | bool control_port; | |
2038 | bool userspace_handles_dfs; | |
2039 | int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; | |
2040 | struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; | |
2041 | struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; | |
2042 | }; | |
2043 | ||
2044 | /** | |
2045 | * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection. | |
2046 | * | |
2047 | * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour. | |
2048 | * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour. | |
2049 | * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF. | |
2050 | * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST. | |
2051 | */ | |
2052 | struct cfg80211_bss_selection { | |
2053 | enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour; | |
2054 | union { | |
2055 | enum nl80211_band band_pref; | |
2056 | struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust; | |
2057 | } param; | |
2058 | }; | |
2059 | ||
2060 | /** | |
2061 | * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters | |
2062 | * | |
2063 | * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 | |
2064 | * authentication and association. | |
2065 | * | |
2066 | * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based | |
2067 | * on scan results) | |
2068 | * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or | |
2069 | * %NULL if not specified | |
2070 | * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan | |
2071 | * results) | |
2072 | * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or | |
2073 | * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is | |
2074 | * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS | |
2075 | * to use. | |
2076 | * @ssid: SSID | |
2077 | * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets | |
2078 | * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) | |
2079 | * @ie: IEs for association request | |
2080 | * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets | |
2081 | * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used | |
2082 | * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used | |
2083 | * @crypto: crypto settings | |
2084 | * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication | |
2085 | * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication | |
2086 | * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication | |
2087 | * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags | |
2088 | * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds | |
2089 | * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used. | |
2090 | * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask | |
2091 | * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. | |
2092 | * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. | |
2093 | * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides | |
2094 | * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used. | |
2095 | * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG | |
2096 | * networks. | |
2097 | * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection. | |
2098 | * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used | |
2099 | * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request | |
2100 | * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to | |
2101 | * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is | |
2102 | * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request | |
2103 | * frame. | |
2104 | * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the | |
2105 | * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped | |
2106 | * data IE. | |
2107 | * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets. | |
2108 | * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or | |
2109 | * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and | |
2110 | * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. | |
2111 | * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets. | |
2112 | * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP | |
2113 | * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. | |
2114 | * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional | |
2115 | * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified. | |
2116 | * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets. | |
2117 | * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver | |
2118 | * offload of 4-way handshake. | |
2119 | */ | |
2120 | struct cfg80211_connect_params { | |
2121 | struct ieee80211_channel *channel; | |
2122 | struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint; | |
2123 | const u8 *bssid; | |
2124 | const u8 *bssid_hint; | |
2125 | const u8 *ssid; | |
2126 | size_t ssid_len; | |
2127 | enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; | |
2128 | const u8 *ie; | |
2129 | size_t ie_len; | |
2130 | bool privacy; | |
2131 | enum nl80211_mfp mfp; | |
2132 | struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; | |
2133 | const u8 *key; | |
2134 | u8 key_len, key_idx; | |
2135 | u32 flags; | |
2136 | int bg_scan_period; | |
2137 | struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; | |
2138 | struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; | |
2139 | struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa; | |
2140 | struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask; | |
2141 | bool pbss; | |
2142 | struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select; | |
2143 | const u8 *prev_bssid; | |
2144 | const u8 *fils_erp_username; | |
2145 | size_t fils_erp_username_len; | |
2146 | const u8 *fils_erp_realm; | |
2147 | size_t fils_erp_realm_len; | |
2148 | u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num; | |
2149 | const u8 *fils_erp_rrk; | |
2150 | size_t fils_erp_rrk_len; | |
2151 | bool want_1x; | |
2152 | }; | |
2153 | ||
2154 | /** | |
2155 | * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated | |
2156 | * | |
2157 | * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that | |
2158 | * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call. | |
2159 | * | |
2160 | * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated | |
2161 | */ | |
2162 | enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed { | |
2163 | UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0), | |
2164 | }; | |
2165 | ||
2166 | /** | |
2167 | * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values | |
2168 | * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed | |
2169 | * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed | |
2170 | * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed | |
2171 | * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed | |
2172 | * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed | |
2173 | * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled | |
2174 | */ | |
2175 | enum wiphy_params_flags { | |
2176 | WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = 1 << 0, | |
2177 | WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = 1 << 1, | |
2178 | WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = 1 << 2, | |
2179 | WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = 1 << 3, | |
2180 | WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = 1 << 4, | |
2181 | WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = 1 << 5, | |
2182 | }; | |
2183 | ||
2184 | /** | |
2185 | * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association | |
2186 | * | |
2187 | * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA | |
2188 | * caching. | |
2189 | * | |
2190 | * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL). | |
2191 | * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. | |
2192 | * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key | |
2193 | * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL. | |
2194 | * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on | |
2195 | * the hash algorithm used to generate this. | |
2196 | * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS | |
2197 | * cache identifier (may be %NULL). | |
2198 | * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets. | |
2199 | * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the | |
2200 | * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be | |
2201 | * %NULL). | |
2202 | */ | |
2203 | struct cfg80211_pmksa { | |
2204 | const u8 *bssid; | |
2205 | const u8 *pmkid; | |
2206 | const u8 *pmk; | |
2207 | size_t pmk_len; | |
2208 | const u8 *ssid; | |
2209 | size_t ssid_len; | |
2210 | const u8 *cache_id; | |
2211 | }; | |
2212 | ||
2213 | /** | |
2214 | * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern | |
2215 | * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes, | |
2216 | * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211 | |
2217 | * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1 | |
2218 | * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes) | |
2219 | * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes) | |
2220 | * | |
2221 | * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of | |
2222 | * memory, free @mask only! | |
2223 | */ | |
2224 | struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern { | |
2225 | const u8 *mask, *pattern; | |
2226 | int pattern_len; | |
2227 | int pkt_offset; | |
2228 | }; | |
2229 | ||
2230 | /** | |
2231 | * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters | |
2232 | * | |
2233 | * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation | |
2234 | * @src: source IP address | |
2235 | * @dst: destination IP address | |
2236 | * @dst_mac: destination MAC address | |
2237 | * @src_port: source port | |
2238 | * @dst_port: destination port | |
2239 | * @payload_len: data payload length | |
2240 | * @payload: data payload buffer | |
2241 | * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration | |
2242 | * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets | |
2243 | * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length | |
2244 | * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data | |
2245 | * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask | |
2246 | * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer | |
2247 | * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration | |
2248 | */ | |
2249 | struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp { | |
2250 | struct socket *sock; | |
2251 | __be32 src, dst; | |
2252 | u16 src_port, dst_port; | |
2253 | u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN]; | |
2254 | int payload_len; | |
2255 | const u8 *payload; | |
2256 | struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq; | |
2257 | u32 data_interval; | |
2258 | u32 wake_len; | |
2259 | const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask; | |
2260 | u32 tokens_size; | |
2261 | /* must be last, variable member */ | |
2262 | struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok; | |
2263 | }; | |
2264 | ||
2265 | /** | |
2266 | * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info | |
2267 | * | |
2268 | * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device. | |
2269 | * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues | |
2270 | * operating as normal during suspend | |
2271 | * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected | |
2272 | * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet | |
2273 | * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern | |
2274 | * @n_patterns: number of patterns | |
2275 | * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure | |
2276 | * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet | |
2277 | * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake | |
2278 | * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released | |
2279 | * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h. | |
2280 | * NULL if not configured. | |
2281 | * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake. | |
2282 | */ | |
2283 | struct cfg80211_wowlan { | |
2284 | bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, | |
2285 | eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, | |
2286 | rfkill_release; | |
2287 | struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; | |
2288 | struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp; | |
2289 | int n_patterns; | |
2290 | struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config; | |
2291 | }; | |
2292 | ||
2293 | /** | |
2294 | * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters | |
2295 | * | |
2296 | * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device. | |
2297 | * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs. | |
2298 | * @condition: condition for packet coalescence. | |
2299 | * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. | |
2300 | * @patterns: array of packet patterns | |
2301 | * @n_patterns: number of patterns | |
2302 | */ | |
2303 | struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules { | |
2304 | int delay; | |
2305 | enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition; | |
2306 | struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; | |
2307 | int n_patterns; | |
2308 | }; | |
2309 | ||
2310 | /** | |
2311 | * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings | |
2312 | * | |
2313 | * This structure defines coalescing settings. | |
2314 | * @rules: array of coalesce rules | |
2315 | * @n_rules: number of rules | |
2316 | */ | |
2317 | struct cfg80211_coalesce { | |
2318 | struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules; | |
2319 | int n_rules; | |
2320 | }; | |
2321 | ||
2322 | /** | |
2323 | * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match | |
2324 | * | |
2325 | * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up | |
2326 | * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This | |
2327 | * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels. | |
2328 | * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match | |
2329 | * occurred (in MHz) | |
2330 | */ | |
2331 | struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match { | |
2332 | struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; | |
2333 | int n_channels; | |
2334 | u32 channels[]; | |
2335 | }; | |
2336 | ||
2337 | /** | |
2338 | * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information | |
2339 | * | |
2340 | * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in | |
2341 | * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide | |
2342 | * match information. | |
2343 | * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about | |
2344 | * the matches that triggered the wake up. | |
2345 | */ | |
2346 | struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info { | |
2347 | int n_matches; | |
2348 | struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[]; | |
2349 | }; | |
2350 | ||
2351 | /** | |
2352 | * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report | |
2353 | * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected | |
2354 | * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet | |
2355 | * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure | |
2356 | * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet | |
2357 | * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake | |
2358 | * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released | |
2359 | * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern | |
2360 | * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data | |
2361 | * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length | |
2362 | * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any. | |
2363 | * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data | |
2364 | * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for | |
2365 | * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which | |
2366 | * it is. | |
2367 | * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received | |
2368 | * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish | |
2369 | * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens | |
2370 | * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect | |
2371 | */ | |
2372 | struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup { | |
2373 | bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, | |
2374 | eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, | |
2375 | rfkill_release, packet_80211, | |
2376 | tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens; | |
2377 | s32 pattern_idx; | |
2378 | u32 packet_present_len, packet_len; | |
2379 | const void *packet; | |
2380 | struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect; | |
2381 | }; | |
2382 | ||
2383 | /** | |
2384 | * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data | |
2385 | * @kek: key encryption key (NL80211_KEK_LEN bytes) | |
2386 | * @kck: key confirmation key (NL80211_KCK_LEN bytes) | |
2387 | * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes) | |
2388 | */ | |
2389 | struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data { | |
2390 | const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr; | |
2391 | }; | |
2392 | ||
2393 | /** | |
2394 | * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information | |
2395 | * | |
2396 | * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE | |
2397 | * | |
2398 | * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value | |
2399 | * @ie: Fast Transition IEs | |
2400 | * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets | |
2401 | */ | |
2402 | struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params { | |
2403 | u16 md; | |
2404 | const u8 *ie; | |
2405 | size_t ie_len; | |
2406 | }; | |
2407 | ||
2408 | /** | |
2409 | * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters | |
2410 | * | |
2411 | * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame | |
2412 | * | |
2413 | * @chan: channel to use | |
2414 | * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required | |
2415 | * @wait: duration for ROC | |
2416 | * @buf: buffer to transmit | |
2417 | * @len: buffer length | |
2418 | * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame | |
2419 | * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack | |
2420 | * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array | |
2421 | * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame | |
2422 | */ | |
2423 | struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params { | |
2424 | struct ieee80211_channel *chan; | |
2425 | bool offchan; | |
2426 | unsigned int wait; | |
2427 | const u8 *buf; | |
2428 | size_t len; | |
2429 | bool no_cck; | |
2430 | bool dont_wait_for_ack; | |
2431 | int n_csa_offsets; | |
2432 | const u16 *csa_offsets; | |
2433 | }; | |
2434 | ||
2435 | /** | |
2436 | * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception | |
2437 | * | |
2438 | * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition | |
2439 | * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs | |
2440 | */ | |
2441 | struct cfg80211_dscp_exception { | |
2442 | u8 dscp; | |
2443 | u8 up; | |
2444 | }; | |
2445 | ||
2446 | /** | |
2447 | * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority | |
2448 | * | |
2449 | * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive | |
2450 | * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive | |
2451 | */ | |
2452 | struct cfg80211_dscp_range { | |
2453 | u8 low; | |
2454 | u8 high; | |
2455 | }; | |
2456 | ||
2457 | /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */ | |
2458 | #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21 | |
2459 | #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16 | |
2460 | #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \ | |
2461 | (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX) | |
2462 | ||
2463 | /** | |
2464 | * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information | |
2465 | * | |
2466 | * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values | |
2467 | * | |
2468 | * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21) | |
2469 | * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from | |
2470 | * the user priority DSCP range definition | |
2471 | * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority | |
2472 | */ | |
2473 | struct cfg80211_qos_map { | |
2474 | u8 num_des; | |
2475 | struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX]; | |
2476 | struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8]; | |
2477 | }; | |
2478 | ||
2479 | /** | |
2480 | * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration | |
2481 | * | |
2482 | * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters | |
2483 | * | |
2484 | * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255) | |
2485 | * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. | |
2486 | * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set | |
2487 | * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). | |
2488 | */ | |
2489 | struct cfg80211_nan_conf { | |
2490 | u8 master_pref; | |
2491 | u8 bands; | |
2492 | }; | |
2493 | ||
2494 | /** | |
2495 | * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN | |
2496 | * configuration | |
2497 | * | |
2498 | * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference | |
2499 | * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands | |
2500 | */ | |
2501 | enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes { | |
2502 | CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0), | |
2503 | CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1), | |
2504 | }; | |
2505 | ||
2506 | /** | |
2507 | * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter | |
2508 | * | |
2509 | * @filter: the content of the filter | |
2510 | * @len: the length of the filter | |
2511 | */ | |
2512 | struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter { | |
2513 | const u8 *filter; | |
2514 | u8 len; | |
2515 | }; | |
2516 | ||
2517 | /** | |
2518 | * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function | |
2519 | * | |
2520 | * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type | |
2521 | * @service_id: the service ID of the function | |
2522 | * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type | |
2523 | * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is | |
2524 | * implementation specific. | |
2525 | * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted | |
2526 | * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active | |
2527 | * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up | |
2528 | * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up | |
2529 | * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up | |
2530 | * @ttl: time to live counter in DW. | |
2531 | * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info | |
2532 | * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length | |
2533 | * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive | |
2534 | * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter | |
2535 | * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length | |
2536 | * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index | |
2537 | * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses | |
2538 | * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF | |
2539 | * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter | |
2540 | * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF. | |
2541 | * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters. | |
2542 | * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters. | |
2543 | * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function. | |
2544 | * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier. | |
2545 | */ | |
2546 | struct cfg80211_nan_func { | |
2547 | enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; | |
2548 | u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN]; | |
2549 | u8 publish_type; | |
2550 | bool close_range; | |
2551 | bool publish_bcast; | |
2552 | bool subscribe_active; | |
2553 | u8 followup_id; | |
2554 | u8 followup_reqid; | |
2555 | struct mac_address followup_dest; | |
2556 | u32 ttl; | |
2557 | const u8 *serv_spec_info; | |
2558 | u8 serv_spec_info_len; | |
2559 | bool srf_include; | |
2560 | const u8 *srf_bf; | |
2561 | u8 srf_bf_len; | |
2562 | u8 srf_bf_idx; | |
2563 | struct mac_address *srf_macs; | |
2564 | int srf_num_macs; | |
2565 | struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters; | |
2566 | struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters; | |
2567 | u8 num_tx_filters; | |
2568 | u8 num_rx_filters; | |
2569 | u8 instance_id; | |
2570 | u64 cookie; | |
2571 | }; | |
2572 | ||
2573 | /** | |
2574 | * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration | |
2575 | * | |
2576 | * @aa: authenticator address | |
2577 | * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes. | |
2578 | * @pmk: the PMK material | |
2579 | * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK | |
2580 | * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field | |
2581 | * holds PMK-R0. | |
2582 | */ | |
2583 | struct cfg80211_pmk_conf { | |
2584 | const u8 *aa; | |
2585 | u8 pmk_len; | |
2586 | const u8 *pmk; | |
2587 | const u8 *pmk_r0_name; | |
2588 | }; | |
2589 | ||
2590 | /** | |
2591 | * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration | |
2592 | * | |
2593 | * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks | |
2594 | * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces. | |
2595 | * | |
2596 | * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0 | |
2597 | * on success or a negative error code. | |
2598 | * | |
2599 | * All operations are currently invoked under rtnl for consistency with the | |
2600 | * wireless extensions but this is subject to reevaluation as soon as this | |
2601 | * code is used more widely and we have a first user without wext. | |
2602 | * | |
2603 | * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will | |
2604 | * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are | |
2605 | * configured for the device. | |
2606 | * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed | |
2607 | * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback | |
2608 | * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from | |
2609 | * the device. | |
2610 | * | |
2611 | * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name, | |
2612 | * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create | |
2613 | * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct | |
2614 | * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must | |
2615 | * also set the address member in the wdev. | |
2616 | * | |
2617 | * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface | |
2618 | * | |
2619 | * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface, | |
2620 | * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated. | |
2621 | * | |
2622 | * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL | |
2623 | * when adding a group key. | |
2624 | * | |
2625 | * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters. | |
2626 | * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group | |
2627 | * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid | |
2628 | * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is | |
2629 | * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist. | |
2630 | * | |
2631 | * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key) | |
2632 | * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist. | |
2633 | * | |
2634 | * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface | |
2635 | * | |
2636 | * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface | |
2637 | * | |
2638 | * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver | |
2639 | * | |
2640 | * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters. | |
2641 | * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode | |
2642 | * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started. | |
2643 | * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing. | |
2644 | * | |
2645 | * @add_station: Add a new station. | |
2646 | * @del_station: Remove a station | |
2647 | * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much | |
2648 | * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags | |
2649 | * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check | |
2650 | * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call | |
2651 | * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information. | |
2652 | * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac | |
2653 | * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx | |
2654 | * | |
2655 | * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path | |
2656 | * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path | |
2657 | * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path | |
2658 | * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters | |
2659 | * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx | |
2660 | * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters | |
2661 | * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx | |
2662 | * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters | |
2663 | * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) | |
2664 | * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network | |
2665 | * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) | |
2666 | * | |
2667 | * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration | |
2668 | * | |
2669 | * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh. | |
2670 | * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to | |
2671 | * set, and which to leave alone. | |
2672 | * | |
2673 | * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS. | |
2674 | * | |
2675 | * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters | |
2676 | * | |
2677 | * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas, | |
2678 | * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to | |
2679 | * join the mesh instead. | |
2680 | * | |
2681 | * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other | |
2682 | * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration. | |
2683 | * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should | |
2684 | * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active. | |
2685 | * | |
2686 | * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given | |
2687 | * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done(). | |
2688 | * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside | |
2689 | * the scan/scan_done bracket too. | |
2690 | * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall | |
2691 | * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done(). | |
2692 | * | |
2693 | * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer | |
2694 | * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) | |
2695 | * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer | |
2696 | * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) | |
2697 | * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer | |
2698 | * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) | |
2699 | * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer | |
2700 | * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) | |
2701 | * | |
2702 | * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected, | |
2703 | * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code | |
2704 | * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call | |
2705 | * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code | |
2706 | * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code | |
2707 | * was received. | |
2708 | * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the | |
2709 | * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated | |
2710 | * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches | |
2711 | * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request | |
2712 | * frame instead of Association Request frame. | |
2713 | * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a | |
2714 | * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid | |
2715 | * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an | |
2716 | * indication of requesting reassociation. | |
2717 | * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming | |
2718 | * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to | |
2719 | * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) | |
2720 | * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a | |
2721 | * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for | |
2722 | * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the | |
2723 | * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not | |
2724 | * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current | |
2725 | * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in | |
2726 | * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed. | |
2727 | * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) | |
2728 | * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if | |
2729 | * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in | |
2730 | * case connection was already established (invoked with the | |
2731 | * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout(). | |
2732 | * | |
2733 | * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call | |
2734 | * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due | |
2735 | * to a merge. | |
2736 | * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) | |
2737 | * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS. | |
2738 | * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) | |
2739 | * | |
2740 | * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or | |
2741 | * MESH mode) | |
2742 | * | |
2743 | * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed; | |
2744 | * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values | |
2745 | * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in | |
2746 | * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed. | |
2747 | * | |
2748 | * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters, | |
2749 | * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The | |
2750 | * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will | |
2751 | * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power | |
2752 | * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.) | |
2753 | * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable; | |
2754 | * return 0 if successful | |
2755 | * | |
2756 | * @set_wds_peer: set the WDS peer for a WDS interface | |
2757 | * | |
2758 | * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting | |
2759 | * functions to adjust rfkill hw state | |
2760 | * | |
2761 | * @dump_survey: get site survey information. | |
2762 | * | |
2763 | * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified | |
2764 | * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel | |
2765 | * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is | |
2766 | * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event | |
2767 | * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel(). | |
2768 | * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation. | |
2769 | * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on | |
2770 | * the duration value. | |
2771 | * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame. | |
2772 | * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management | |
2773 | * frame on another channel | |
2774 | * | |
2775 | * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL | |
2776 | * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be | |
2777 | * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally, | |
2778 | * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the | |
2779 | * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data | |
2780 | * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present | |
2781 | * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA. | |
2782 | * | |
2783 | * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration | |
2784 | * | |
2785 | * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac | |
2786 | * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association | |
2787 | * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs. | |
2788 | * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID. | |
2789 | * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs. | |
2790 | * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1 | |
2791 | * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value. | |
2792 | * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold. | |
2793 | * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating | |
2794 | * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may | |
2795 | * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being | |
2796 | * disabled.) | |
2797 | * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the | |
2798 | * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the | |
2799 | * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should | |
2800 | * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented. | |
2801 | * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config. | |
2802 | * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error | |
2803 | * thresholds. | |
2804 | * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan. | |
2805 | * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with | |
2806 | * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready | |
2807 | * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be | |
2808 | * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case. | |
2809 | * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested | |
2810 | * stop (when this method returns 0). | |
2811 | * | |
2812 | * @mgmt_frame_register: Notify driver that a management frame type was | |
2813 | * registered. The callback is allowed to sleep. | |
2814 | * | |
2815 | * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. | |
2816 | * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may | |
2817 | * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL | |
2818 | * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). | |
2819 | * | |
2820 | * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). | |
2821 | * | |
2822 | * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame. | |
2823 | * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup). | |
2824 | * | |
2825 | * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it | |
2826 | * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status(). | |
2827 | * | |
2828 | * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs. | |
2829 | * | |
2830 | * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface. | |
2831 | * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single | |
2832 | * current monitoring channel. | |
2833 | * | |
2834 | * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device. | |
2835 | * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device. | |
2836 | * | |
2837 | * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode. | |
2838 | * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations | |
2839 | * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver | |
2840 | * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL | |
2841 | * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which | |
2842 | * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback. | |
2843 | * | |
2844 | * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver. | |
2845 | * | |
2846 | * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the | |
2847 | * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be | |
2848 | * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames. | |
2849 | * | |
2850 | * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability | |
2851 | * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the | |
2852 | * driver can take the most appropriate actions. | |
2853 | * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link | |
2854 | * reliability. This operation can not fail. | |
2855 | * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters. | |
2856 | * | |
2857 | * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is | |
2858 | * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is | |
2859 | * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later | |
2860 | * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept | |
2861 | * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them | |
2862 | * as soon as possible. | |
2863 | * | |
2864 | * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver | |
2865 | * | |
2866 | * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the | |
2867 | * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width | |
2868 | * changes during the lifetime of the BSS. | |
2869 | * | |
2870 | * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device | |
2871 | * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by | |
2872 | * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into | |
2873 | * account. | |
2874 | * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure | |
2875 | * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return | |
2876 | * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake | |
2877 | * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later | |
2878 | * rejected) | |
2879 | * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS | |
2880 | * | |
2881 | * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters | |
2882 | * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) | |
2883 | * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network | |
2884 | * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) | |
2885 | * | |
2886 | * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver | |
2887 | * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations | |
2888 | * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. | |
2889 | * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both | |
2890 | * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes. | |
2891 | * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface. | |
2892 | * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface. | |
2893 | * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure. | |
2894 | * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and | |
2895 | * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver | |
2896 | * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling | |
2897 | * cfg80211_free_nan_func(). | |
2898 | * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the | |
2899 | * provided @nan_func. | |
2900 | * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function. | |
2901 | * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must | |
2902 | * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes); | |
2903 | * All other parameters must be ignored. | |
2904 | * | |
2905 | * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS | |
2906 | * | |
2907 | * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake. | |
2908 | * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect | |
2909 | * upon which the driver should clear it. | |
2910 | * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) | |
2911 | * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator. | |
2912 | * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) | |
2913 | */ | |
2914 | struct cfg80211_ops { | |
2915 | int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow); | |
2916 | int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy); | |
2917 | void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled); | |
2918 | ||
2919 | struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
2920 | const char *name, | |
2921 | unsigned char name_assign_type, | |
2922 | enum nl80211_iftype type, | |
2923 | struct vif_params *params); | |
2924 | int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
2925 | struct wireless_dev *wdev); | |
2926 | int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
2927 | struct net_device *dev, | |
2928 | enum nl80211_iftype type, | |
2929 | struct vif_params *params); | |
2930 | ||
2931 | int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, | |
2932 | u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, | |
2933 | struct key_params *params); | |
2934 | int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, | |
2935 | u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, | |
2936 | void *cookie, | |
2937 | void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*)); | |
2938 | int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, | |
2939 | u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr); | |
2940 | int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
2941 | struct net_device *netdev, | |
2942 | u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast); | |
2943 | int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
2944 | struct net_device *netdev, | |
2945 | u8 key_index); | |
2946 | ||
2947 | int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, | |
2948 | struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings); | |
2949 | int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, | |
2950 | struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info); | |
2951 | int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); | |
2952 | ||
2953 | ||
2954 | int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, | |
2955 | const u8 *mac, | |
2956 | struct station_parameters *params); | |
2957 | int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, | |
2958 | struct station_del_parameters *params); | |
2959 | int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, | |
2960 | const u8 *mac, | |
2961 | struct station_parameters *params); | |
2962 | int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, | |
2963 | const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); | |
2964 | int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, | |
2965 | int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); | |
2966 | ||
2967 | int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, | |
2968 | const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); | |
2969 | int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, | |
2970 | const u8 *dst); | |
2971 | int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, | |
2972 | const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); | |
2973 | int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, | |
2974 | u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo); | |
2975 | int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, | |
2976 | int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, | |
2977 | struct mpath_info *pinfo); | |
2978 | int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, | |
2979 | u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo); | |
2980 | int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, | |
2981 | int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, | |
2982 | struct mpath_info *pinfo); | |
2983 | int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
2984 | struct net_device *dev, | |
2985 | struct mesh_config *conf); | |
2986 | int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
2987 | struct net_device *dev, u32 mask, | |
2988 | const struct mesh_config *nconf); | |
2989 | int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, | |
2990 | const struct mesh_config *conf, | |
2991 | const struct mesh_setup *setup); | |
2992 | int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); | |
2993 | ||
2994 | int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, | |
2995 | struct ocb_setup *setup); | |
2996 | int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); | |
2997 | ||
2998 | int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, | |
2999 | struct bss_parameters *params); | |
3000 | ||
3001 | int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, | |
3002 | struct ieee80211_txq_params *params); | |
3003 | ||
3004 | int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
3005 | struct net_device *dev, | |
3006 | struct ieee80211_channel *chan); | |
3007 | ||
3008 | int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
3009 | struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); | |
3010 | ||
3011 | int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
3012 | struct cfg80211_scan_request *request); | |
3013 | void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); | |
3014 | ||
3015 | int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, | |
3016 | struct cfg80211_auth_request *req); | |
3017 | int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, | |
3018 | struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req); | |
3019 | int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, | |
3020 | struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req); | |
3021 | int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, | |
3022 | struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req); | |
3023 | ||
3024 | int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, | |
3025 | struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme); | |
3026 | int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
3027 | struct net_device *dev, | |
3028 | struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme, | |
3029 | u32 changed); | |
3030 | int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, | |
3031 | u16 reason_code); | |
3032 | ||
3033 | int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, | |
3034 | struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params); | |
3035 | int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); | |
3036 | ||
3037 | int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, | |
3038 | int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]); | |
3039 | ||
3040 | int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed); | |
3041 | ||
3042 | int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, | |
3043 | enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm); | |
3044 | int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, | |
3045 | int *dbm); | |
3046 | ||
3047 | int (*set_wds_peer)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, | |
3048 | const u8 *addr); | |
3049 | ||
3050 | void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy); | |
3051 | ||
3052 | #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE | |
3053 | int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, | |
3054 | void *data, int len); | |
3055 | int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb, | |
3056 | struct netlink_callback *cb, | |
3057 | void *data, int len); | |
3058 | #endif | |
3059 | ||
3060 | int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
3061 | struct net_device *dev, | |
3062 | const u8 *peer, | |
3063 | const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask); | |
3064 | ||
3065 | int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, | |
3066 | int idx, struct survey_info *info); | |
3067 | ||
3068 | int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, | |
3069 | struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); | |
3070 | int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, | |
3071 | struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); | |
3072 | int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev); | |
3073 | ||
3074 | int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
3075 | struct wireless_dev *wdev, | |
3076 | struct ieee80211_channel *chan, | |
3077 | unsigned int duration, | |
3078 | u64 *cookie); | |
3079 | int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
3080 | struct wireless_dev *wdev, | |
3081 | u64 cookie); | |
3082 | ||
3083 | int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, | |
3084 | struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params, | |
3085 | u64 *cookie); | |
3086 | int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
3087 | struct wireless_dev *wdev, | |
3088 | u64 cookie); | |
3089 | ||
3090 | int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, | |
3091 | bool enabled, int timeout); | |
3092 | ||
3093 | int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
3094 | struct net_device *dev, | |
3095 | s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst); | |
3096 | ||
3097 | int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
3098 | struct net_device *dev, | |
3099 | s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high); | |
3100 | ||
3101 | int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
3102 | struct net_device *dev, | |
3103 | u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl); | |
3104 | ||
3105 | void (*mgmt_frame_register)(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
3106 | struct wireless_dev *wdev, | |
3107 | u16 frame_type, bool reg); | |
3108 | ||
3109 | int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); | |
3110 | int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); | |
3111 | ||
3112 | int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
3113 | struct net_device *dev, | |
3114 | struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request); | |
3115 | int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, | |
3116 | u64 reqid); | |
3117 | ||
3118 | int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, | |
3119 | struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data); | |
3120 | ||
3121 | int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, | |
3122 | const u8 *peer, u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token, | |
3123 | u16 status_code, u32 peer_capability, | |
3124 | bool initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len); | |
3125 | int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, | |
3126 | const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper); | |
3127 | ||
3128 | int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, | |
3129 | const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie); | |
3130 | ||
3131 | int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
3132 | struct net_device *dev, | |
3133 | u16 noack_map); | |
3134 | ||
3135 | int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
3136 | struct wireless_dev *wdev, | |
3137 | struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); | |
3138 | ||
3139 | int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
3140 | struct wireless_dev *wdev); | |
3141 | void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
3142 | struct wireless_dev *wdev); | |
3143 | ||
3144 | int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, | |
3145 | const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params); | |
3146 | ||
3147 | int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
3148 | struct net_device *dev, | |
3149 | struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, | |
3150 | u32 cac_time_ms); | |
3151 | int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, | |
3152 | struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie); | |
3153 | int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
3154 | struct wireless_dev *wdev, | |
3155 | enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol, | |
3156 | u16 duration); | |
3157 | void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
3158 | struct wireless_dev *wdev); | |
3159 | int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
3160 | struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce); | |
3161 | ||
3162 | int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
3163 | struct net_device *dev, | |
3164 | struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params); | |
3165 | ||
3166 | int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
3167 | struct net_device *dev, | |
3168 | struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); | |
3169 | ||
3170 | int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, | |
3171 | struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); | |
3172 | ||
3173 | int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, | |
3174 | u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio, | |
3175 | u16 admitted_time); | |
3176 | int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, | |
3177 | u8 tsid, const u8 *peer); | |
3178 | ||
3179 | int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
3180 | struct net_device *dev, | |
3181 | const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class, | |
3182 | struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); | |
3183 | void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
3184 | struct net_device *dev, | |
3185 | const u8 *addr); | |
3186 | int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, | |
3187 | struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf); | |
3188 | void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); | |
3189 | int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, | |
3190 | struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func); | |
3191 | void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, | |
3192 | u64 cookie); | |
3193 | int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
3194 | struct wireless_dev *wdev, | |
3195 | struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, | |
3196 | u32 changes); | |
3197 | ||
3198 | int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
3199 | struct net_device *dev, | |
3200 | const bool enabled); | |
3201 | ||
3202 | int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, | |
3203 | const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf); | |
3204 | int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, | |
3205 | const u8 *aa); | |
3206 | }; | |
3207 | ||
3208 | /* | |
3209 | * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures | |
3210 | * and registration/helper functions | |
3211 | */ | |
3212 | ||
3213 | /** | |
3214 | * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags | |
3215 | * | |
3216 | * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this | |
3217 | * wiphy at all | |
3218 | * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled | |
3219 | * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default | |
3220 | * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good | |
3221 | * reason to override the default | |
3222 | * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station | |
3223 | * on a VLAN interface) | |
3224 | * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station | |
3225 | * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the | |
3226 | * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the | |
3227 | * control_port_no_encrypt flag. | |
3228 | * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN. | |
3229 | * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing | |
3230 | * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH. | |
3231 | * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the | |
3232 | * firmware. | |
3233 | * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP. | |
3234 | * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation. | |
3235 | * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z) | |
3236 | * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and | |
3237 | * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT | |
3238 | * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be | |
3239 | * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation. | |
3240 | * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME | |
3241 | * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes | |
3242 | * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling | |
3243 | * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(). | |
3244 | * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device | |
3245 | * responds to probe-requests in hardware. | |
3246 | * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX. | |
3247 | * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call. | |
3248 | * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels. | |
3249 | * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in | |
3250 | * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...). | |
3251 | * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP: The device supports static WEP key installation | |
3252 | * before connection. | |
3253 | */ | |
3254 | enum wiphy_flags { | |
3255 | /* use hole at 0 */ | |
3256 | /* use hole at 1 */ | |
3257 | /* use hole at 2 */ | |
3258 | WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3), | |
3259 | WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4), | |
3260 | WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5), | |
3261 | WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6), | |
3262 | WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7), | |
3263 | WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8), | |
3264 | WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10), | |
3265 | /* use hole at 11 */ | |
3266 | /* use hole at 12 */ | |
3267 | WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13), | |
3268 | WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14), | |
3269 | WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15), | |
3270 | WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16), | |
3271 | WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17), | |
3272 | WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18), | |
3273 | WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19), | |
3274 | WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20), | |
3275 | WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21), | |
3276 | WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22), | |
3277 | WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23), | |
3278 | WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP = BIT(24), | |
3279 | }; | |
3280 | ||
3281 | /** | |
3282 | * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types | |
3283 | * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types | |
3284 | * @types: interface types (bits) | |
3285 | */ | |
3286 | struct ieee80211_iface_limit { | |
3287 | u16 max; | |
3288 | u16 types; | |
3289 | }; | |
3290 | ||
3291 | /** | |
3292 | * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination | |
3293 | * | |
3294 | * With this structure the driver can describe which interface | |
3295 | * combinations it supports concurrently. | |
3296 | * | |
3297 | * Examples: | |
3298 | * | |
3299 | * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total: | |
3300 | * | |
3301 | * .. code-block:: c | |
3302 | * | |
3303 | * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = { | |
3304 | * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, | |
3305 | * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP}, }, | |
3306 | * }; | |
3307 | * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = { | |
3308 | * .limits = limits1, | |
3309 | * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1), | |
3310 | * .max_interfaces = 2, | |
3311 | * .beacon_int_infra_match = true, | |
3312 | * }; | |
3313 | * | |
3314 | * | |
3315 | * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total: | |
3316 | * | |
3317 | * .. code-block:: c | |
3318 | * | |
3319 | * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = { | |
3320 | * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) | | |
3321 | * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), }, | |
3322 | * }; | |
3323 | * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = { | |
3324 | * .limits = limits2, | |
3325 | * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2), | |
3326 | * .max_interfaces = 8, | |
3327 | * .num_different_channels = 1, | |
3328 | * }; | |
3329 | * | |
3330 | * | |
3331 | * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total. | |
3332 | * | |
3333 | * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections. | |
3334 | * | |
3335 | * .. code-block:: c | |
3336 | * | |
3337 | * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = { | |
3338 | * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, | |
3339 | * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) | | |
3340 | * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), }, | |
3341 | * }; | |
3342 | * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = { | |
3343 | * .limits = limits3, | |
3344 | * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3), | |
3345 | * .max_interfaces = 4, | |
3346 | * .num_different_channels = 2, | |
3347 | * }; | |
3348 | * | |
3349 | */ | |
3350 | struct ieee80211_iface_combination { | |
3351 | /** | |
3352 | * @limits: | |
3353 | * limits for the given interface types | |
3354 | */ | |
3355 | const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits; | |
3356 | ||
3357 | /** | |
3358 | * @num_different_channels: | |
3359 | * can use up to this many different channels | |
3360 | */ | |
3361 | u32 num_different_channels; | |
3362 | ||
3363 | /** | |
3364 | * @max_interfaces: | |
3365 | * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group | |
3366 | */ | |
3367 | u16 max_interfaces; | |
3368 | ||
3369 | /** | |
3370 | * @n_limits: | |
3371 | * number of limitations | |
3372 | */ | |
3373 | u8 n_limits; | |
3374 | ||
3375 | /** | |
3376 | * @beacon_int_infra_match: | |
3377 | * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure | |
3378 | * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases. | |
3379 | */ | |
3380 | bool beacon_int_infra_match; | |
3381 | ||
3382 | /** | |
3383 | * @radar_detect_widths: | |
3384 | * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection | |
3385 | */ | |
3386 | u8 radar_detect_widths; | |
3387 | ||
3388 | /** | |
3389 | * @radar_detect_regions: | |
3390 | * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection | |
3391 | */ | |
3392 | u8 radar_detect_regions; | |
3393 | ||
3394 | /** | |
3395 | * @beacon_int_min_gcd: | |
3396 | * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals. | |
3397 | * | |
3398 | * = 0 | |
3399 | * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same. | |
3400 | * > 0 | |
3401 | * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND | |
3402 | * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this | |
3403 | * combination must be greater or equal to this value. | |
3404 | */ | |
3405 | u32 beacon_int_min_gcd; | |
3406 | }; | |
3407 | ||
3408 | struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { | |
3409 | u16 tx, rx; | |
3410 | }; | |
3411 | ||
3412 | /** | |
3413 | * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags | |
3414 | * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any" | |
3415 | * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and | |
3416 | * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a | |
3417 | * received packet that passed filtering; note that the | |
3418 | * packet should be preserved in that case | |
3419 | * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet | |
3420 | * (see nl80211.h) | |
3421 | * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect | |
3422 | * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep | |
3423 | * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure | |
3424 | * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request | |
3425 | * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure | |
3426 | * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release | |
3427 | * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection | |
3428 | */ | |
3429 | enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags { | |
3430 | WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0), | |
3431 | WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1), | |
3432 | WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2), | |
3433 | WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3), | |
3434 | WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4), | |
3435 | WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5), | |
3436 | WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6), | |
3437 | WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7), | |
3438 | WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8), | |
3439 | }; | |
3440 | ||
3441 | struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support { | |
3442 | const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok; | |
3443 | u32 data_payload_max; | |
3444 | u32 data_interval_max; | |
3445 | u32 wake_payload_max; | |
3446 | bool seq; | |
3447 | }; | |
3448 | ||
3449 | /** | |
3450 | * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data | |
3451 | * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags | |
3452 | * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns | |
3453 | * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) | |
3454 | * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern | |
3455 | * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern | |
3456 | * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset | |
3457 | * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect, | |
3458 | * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for | |
3459 | * scheduled scans. | |
3460 | * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more | |
3461 | * details. | |
3462 | * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information | |
3463 | */ | |
3464 | struct wiphy_wowlan_support { | |
3465 | u32 flags; | |
3466 | int n_patterns; | |
3467 | int pattern_max_len; | |
3468 | int pattern_min_len; | |
3469 | int max_pkt_offset; | |
3470 | int max_nd_match_sets; | |
3471 | const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp; | |
3472 | }; | |
3473 | ||
3474 | /** | |
3475 | * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data | |
3476 | * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules | |
3477 | * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs | |
3478 | * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule | |
3479 | * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) | |
3480 | * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern | |
3481 | * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern | |
3482 | * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset | |
3483 | */ | |
3484 | struct wiphy_coalesce_support { | |
3485 | int n_rules; | |
3486 | int max_delay; | |
3487 | int n_patterns; | |
3488 | int pattern_max_len; | |
3489 | int pattern_min_len; | |
3490 | int max_pkt_offset; | |
3491 | }; | |
3492 | ||
3493 | /** | |
3494 | * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands | |
3495 | * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev | |
3496 | * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev | |
3497 | * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running | |
3498 | * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV) | |
3499 | */ | |
3500 | enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags { | |
3501 | WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0), | |
3502 | WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1), | |
3503 | WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2), | |
3504 | }; | |
3505 | ||
3506 | /** | |
3507 | * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition | |
3508 | * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211 | |
3509 | * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags | |
3510 | * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the | |
3511 | * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data | |
3512 | * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all | |
3513 | * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The | |
3514 | * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple | |
3515 | * dumpit calls. | |
3516 | * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and | |
3517 | * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others | |
3518 | * are used with dump requests. | |
3519 | */ | |
3520 | struct wiphy_vendor_command { | |
3521 | struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info; | |
3522 | u32 flags; | |
3523 | int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, | |
3524 | const void *data, int data_len); | |
3525 | int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, | |
3526 | struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len, | |
3527 | unsigned long *storage); | |
3528 | }; | |
3529 | ||
3530 | /** | |
3531 | * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type | |
3532 | * @iftype: interface type | |
3533 | * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, | |
3534 | * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the | |
3535 | * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are | |
3536 | * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std | |
3537 | * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. | |
3538 | * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values | |
3539 | * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities | |
3540 | */ | |
3541 | struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab { | |
3542 | enum nl80211_iftype iftype; | |
3543 | const u8 *extended_capabilities; | |
3544 | const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask; | |
3545 | u8 extended_capabilities_len; | |
3546 | }; | |
3547 | ||
3548 | /** | |
3549 | * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description | |
3550 | * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback, | |
3551 | * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() | |
3552 | * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL | |
3553 | * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via | |
3554 | * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver | |
3555 | * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future | |
3556 | * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers. | |
3557 | * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss. | |
3558 | * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites | |
3559 | * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites | |
3560 | * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit) | |
3561 | * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit) | |
3562 | * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold); | |
3563 | * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used | |
3564 | * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled | |
3565 | * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in | |
3566 | * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device | |
3567 | * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking, | |
3568 | * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last | |
3569 | * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual | |
3570 | * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with | |
3571 | * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up. | |
3572 | * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses. | |
3573 | * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer | |
3574 | * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used | |
3575 | * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to | |
3576 | * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle | |
3577 | * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses. | |
3578 | * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against | |
3579 | * unregister hardware | |
3580 | * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy, will be renamed | |
3581 | * automatically on wiphy renames | |
3582 | * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy | |
3583 | * @registered: helps synchronize suspend/resume with wiphy unregister | |
3584 | * @wext: wireless extension handlers | |
3585 | * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter) | |
3586 | * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy, | |
3587 | * must be set by driver | |
3588 | * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not | |
3589 | * list single interface types. | |
3590 | * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. | |
3591 | * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not | |
3592 | * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW. | |
3593 | * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags | |
3594 | * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see | |
3595 | * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags | |
3596 | * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags. | |
3597 | * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see | |
3598 | * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index. | |
3599 | * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it, | |
3600 | * this variable determines its size | |
3601 | * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in | |
3602 | * any given scan | |
3603 | * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that | |
3604 | * the device can run concurrently. | |
3605 | * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan | |
3606 | * for in any given scheduled scan | |
3607 | * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle | |
3608 | * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not | |
3609 | * supported. | |
3610 | * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can | |
3611 | * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not | |
3612 | * include fixed IEs like supported rates | |
3613 | * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled | |
3614 | * scans | |
3615 | * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number | |
3616 | * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device. | |
3617 | * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a | |
3618 | * single scan plan supported by the device. | |
3619 | * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single | |
3620 | * scan plan supported by the device. | |
3621 | * @coverage_class: current coverage class | |
3622 | * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting | |
3623 | * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting | |
3624 | * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device | |
3625 | * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary | |
3626 | * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers | |
3627 | * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device | |
3628 | * | |
3629 | * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or | |
3630 | * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface | |
3631 | * type | |
3632 | * | |
3633 | * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be | |
3634 | * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be | |
3635 | * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set. | |
3636 | * | |
3637 | * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be | |
3638 | * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be | |
3639 | * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set. | |
3640 | * | |
3641 | * @probe_resp_offload: | |
3642 | * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading. | |
3643 | * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid | |
3644 | * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. | |
3645 | * | |
3646 | * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation | |
3647 | * may request, if implemented. | |
3648 | * | |
3649 | * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information | |
3650 | * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be | |
3651 | * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed | |
3652 | * to the suspend() operation instead. | |
3653 | * | |
3654 | * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. | |
3655 | * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden. | |
3656 | * If null, then none can be over-ridden. | |
3657 | * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden. | |
3658 | * If null, then none can be over-ridden. | |
3659 | * | |
3660 | * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must | |
3661 | * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection. | |
3662 | * | |
3663 | * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device | |
3664 | * supports for ACL. | |
3665 | * | |
3666 | * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, | |
3667 | * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are | |
3668 | * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") | |
3669 | * and are in the same format as in the information element. See | |
3670 | * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default | |
3671 | * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified | |
3672 | * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab. | |
3673 | * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values | |
3674 | * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities | |
3675 | * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type | |
3676 | * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended | |
3677 | * capabilities are specified separately. | |
3678 | * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information | |
3679 | * | |
3680 | * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware | |
3681 | * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands | |
3682 | * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware | |
3683 | * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events | |
3684 | * | |
3685 | * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode | |
3686 | * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The | |
3687 | * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in | |
3688 | * some cases, but may not always reach. | |
3689 | * | |
3690 | * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons | |
3691 | * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver | |
3692 | * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means | |
3693 | * infinite. | |
3694 | * @max_adj_channel_rssi_comp: max offset of between the channel on which the | |
3695 | * frame was sent and the channel on which the frame was heard for which | |
3696 | * the reported rssi is still valid. If a driver is able to compensate the | |
3697 | * low rssi when a frame is heard on different channel, then it should set | |
3698 | * this variable to the maximal offset for which it can compensate. | |
3699 | * This value should be set in MHz. | |
3700 | * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported | |
3701 | * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the | |
3702 | * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr. | |
3703 | * | |
3704 | * @cookie_counter: unique generic cookie counter, used to identify objects. | |
3705 | * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a | |
3706 | * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for | |
3707 | * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set | |
3708 | * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). | |
3709 | */ | |
3710 | struct wiphy { | |
3711 | /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ | |
3712 | ||
3713 | /* permanent MAC address(es) */ | |
3714 | u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN]; | |
3715 | u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN]; | |
3716 | ||
3717 | struct mac_address *addresses; | |
3718 | ||
3719 | const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes; | |
3720 | ||
3721 | const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; | |
3722 | int n_iface_combinations; | |
3723 | u16 software_iftypes; | |
3724 | ||
3725 | u16 n_addresses; | |
3726 | ||
3727 | /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */ | |
3728 | u16 interface_modes; | |
3729 | ||
3730 | u16 max_acl_mac_addrs; | |
3731 | ||
3732 | u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features; | |
3733 | u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)]; | |
3734 | ||
3735 | u32 ap_sme_capa; | |
3736 | ||
3737 | enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type; | |
3738 | ||
3739 | int bss_priv_size; | |
3740 | u8 max_scan_ssids; | |
3741 | u8 max_sched_scan_reqs; | |
3742 | u8 max_sched_scan_ssids; | |
3743 | u8 max_match_sets; | |
3744 | u16 max_scan_ie_len; | |
3745 | u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len; | |
3746 | u32 max_sched_scan_plans; | |
3747 | u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval; | |
3748 | u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations; | |
3749 | ||
3750 | int n_cipher_suites; | |
3751 | const u32 *cipher_suites; | |
3752 | ||
3753 | u8 retry_short; | |
3754 | u8 retry_long; | |
3755 | u32 frag_threshold; | |
3756 | u32 rts_threshold; | |
3757 | u8 coverage_class; | |
3758 | ||
3759 | char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN]; | |
3760 | u32 hw_version; | |
3761 | ||
3762 | #ifdef CONFIG_PM | |
3763 | const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan; | |
3764 | struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config; | |
3765 | #endif | |
3766 | ||
3767 | u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration; | |
3768 | ||
3769 | u8 max_num_pmkids; | |
3770 | ||
3771 | u32 available_antennas_tx; | |
3772 | u32 available_antennas_rx; | |
3773 | ||
3774 | /* | |
3775 | * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading | |
3776 | * see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid | |
3777 | * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. | |
3778 | */ | |
3779 | u32 probe_resp_offload; | |
3780 | ||
3781 | const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask; | |
3782 | u8 extended_capabilities_len; | |
3783 | ||
3784 | const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab; | |
3785 | unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab; | |
3786 | ||
3787 | /* If multiple wiphys are registered and you're handed e.g. | |
3788 | * a regular netdev with assigned ieee80211_ptr, you won't | |
3789 | * know whether it points to a wiphy your driver has registered | |
3790 | * or not. Assign this to something global to your driver to | |
3791 | * help determine whether you own this wiphy or not. */ | |
3792 | const void *privid; | |
3793 | ||
3794 | struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; | |
3795 | ||
3796 | /* Lets us get back the wiphy on the callback */ | |
3797 | void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
3798 | struct regulatory_request *request); | |
3799 | ||
3800 | /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */ | |
3801 | ||
3802 | const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd; | |
3803 | ||
3804 | /* the item in /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this, | |
3805 | * you need use set_wiphy_dev() (see below) */ | |
3806 | struct device dev; | |
3807 | ||
3808 | /* protects ->resume, ->suspend sysfs callbacks against unregister hw */ | |
3809 | bool registered; | |
3810 | ||
3811 | /* dir in debugfs: ieee80211/<wiphyname> */ | |
3812 | struct dentry *debugfsdir; | |
3813 | ||
3814 | const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask; | |
3815 | const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask; | |
3816 | ||
3817 | struct list_head wdev_list; | |
3818 | ||
3819 | /* the network namespace this phy lives in currently */ | |
3820 | possible_net_t _net; | |
3821 | ||
3822 | #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT | |
3823 | const struct iw_handler_def *wext; | |
3824 | #endif | |
3825 | ||
3826 | const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce; | |
3827 | ||
3828 | const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands; | |
3829 | const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events; | |
3830 | int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events; | |
3831 | ||
3832 | u16 max_ap_assoc_sta; | |
3833 | ||
3834 | u8 max_num_csa_counters; | |
3835 | u8 max_adj_channel_rssi_comp; | |
3836 | ||
3837 | u32 bss_select_support; | |
3838 | ||
3839 | u64 cookie_counter; | |
3840 | ||
3841 | u8 nan_supported_bands; | |
3842 | ||
3843 | char priv[0] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN); | |
3844 | }; | |
3845 | ||
3846 | static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy) | |
3847 | { | |
3848 | return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net); | |
3849 | } | |
3850 | ||
3851 | static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net) | |
3852 | { | |
3853 | write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net); | |
3854 | } | |
3855 | ||
3856 | /** | |
3857 | * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy | |
3858 | * | |
3859 | * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return | |
3860 | * Return: The priv of @wiphy. | |
3861 | */ | |
3862 | static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy) | |
3863 | { | |
3864 | BUG_ON(!wiphy); | |
3865 | return &wiphy->priv; | |
3866 | } | |
3867 | ||
3868 | /** | |
3869 | * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv | |
3870 | * | |
3871 | * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv | |
3872 | * Return: The wiphy of @priv. | |
3873 | */ | |
3874 | static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv) | |
3875 | { | |
3876 | BUG_ON(!priv); | |
3877 | return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv); | |
3878 | } | |
3879 | ||
3880 | /** | |
3881 | * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy | |
3882 | * | |
3883 | * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind | |
3884 | * @dev: The device to parent it to | |
3885 | */ | |
3886 | static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev) | |
3887 | { | |
3888 | wiphy->dev.parent = dev; | |
3889 | } | |
3890 | ||
3891 | /** | |
3892 | * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer | |
3893 | * | |
3894 | * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up | |
3895 | * Return: The dev of @wiphy. | |
3896 | */ | |
3897 | static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy) | |
3898 | { | |
3899 | return wiphy->dev.parent; | |
3900 | } | |
3901 | ||
3902 | /** | |
3903 | * wiphy_name - get wiphy name | |
3904 | * | |
3905 | * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return | |
3906 | * Return: The name of @wiphy. | |
3907 | */ | |
3908 | static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy) | |
3909 | { | |
3910 | return dev_name(&wiphy->dev); | |
3911 | } | |
3912 | ||
3913 | /** | |
3914 | * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 | |
3915 | * | |
3916 | * @ops: The configuration operations for this device | |
3917 | * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate | |
3918 | * @requested_name: Request a particular name. | |
3919 | * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming. | |
3920 | * | |
3921 | * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. | |
3922 | * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. | |
3923 | * | |
3924 | * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be | |
3925 | * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. | |
3926 | */ | |
3927 | struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv, | |
3928 | const char *requested_name); | |
3929 | ||
3930 | /** | |
3931 | * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 | |
3932 | * | |
3933 | * @ops: The configuration operations for this device | |
3934 | * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate | |
3935 | * | |
3936 | * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. | |
3937 | * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. | |
3938 | * | |
3939 | * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be | |
3940 | * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. | |
3941 | */ | |
3942 | static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, | |
3943 | int sizeof_priv) | |
3944 | { | |
3945 | return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL); | |
3946 | } | |
3947 | ||
3948 | /** | |
3949 | * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211 | |
3950 | * | |
3951 | * @wiphy: The wiphy to register. | |
3952 | * | |
3953 | * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code. | |
3954 | */ | |
3955 | int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy); | |
3956 | ||
3957 | /** | |
3958 | * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211 | |
3959 | * | |
3960 | * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister. | |
3961 | * | |
3962 | * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv | |
3963 | * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding | |
3964 | * request that is being handled. | |
3965 | */ | |
3966 | void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy); | |
3967 | ||
3968 | /** | |
3969 | * wiphy_free - free wiphy | |
3970 | * | |
3971 | * @wiphy: The wiphy to free | |
3972 | */ | |
3973 | void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy); | |
3974 | ||
3975 | /* internal structs */ | |
3976 | struct cfg80211_conn; | |
3977 | struct cfg80211_internal_bss; | |
3978 | struct cfg80211_cached_keys; | |
3979 | struct cfg80211_cqm_config; | |
3980 | ||
3981 | /** | |
3982 | * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state | |
3983 | * | |
3984 | * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver | |
3985 | * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this | |
3986 | * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.) | |
3987 | * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will | |
3988 | * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device. | |
3989 | * | |
3990 | * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver | |
3991 | * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as | |
3992 | * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be | |
3993 | * allocated outside of callback operations that return it. | |
3994 | * | |
3995 | * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description | |
3996 | * @iftype: interface type | |
3997 | * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces | |
3998 | * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL | |
3999 | * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this | |
4000 | * wireless device if it has no netdev | |
4001 | * @current_bss: (private) Used by the internal configuration code | |
4002 | * @chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to track | |
4003 | * the user-set channel definition. | |
4004 | * @preset_chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to | |
4005 | * track the channel to be used for AP later | |
4006 | * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code | |
4007 | * @ssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code | |
4008 | * @ssid_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code | |
4009 | * @mesh_id_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code | |
4010 | * @mesh_id_up_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code | |
4011 | * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code | |
4012 | * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be | |
4013 | * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the | |
4014 | * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update | |
4015 | * by cfg80211 on change_interface | |
4016 | * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames | |
4017 | * @mgmt_registrations_lock: lock for the list | |
4018 | * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers | |
4019 | * and some API functions require it held | |
4020 | * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting | |
4021 | * beacons, 0 when not valid | |
4022 | * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL | |
4023 | * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g. | |
4024 | * the P2P Device. | |
4025 | * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started | |
4026 | * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. | |
4027 | * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms | |
4028 | * @ps: powersave mode is enabled | |
4029 | * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout | |
4030 | * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application | |
4031 | * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode) | |
4032 | * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data | |
4033 | * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established | |
4034 | * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type | |
4035 | * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID | |
4036 | * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work | |
4037 | * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect | |
4038 | * @ibss_fixed: (private) IBSS is using fixed BSSID | |
4039 | * @ibss_dfs_possible: (private) IBSS may change to a DFS channel | |
4040 | * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing | |
4041 | * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list | |
4042 | * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID | |
4043 | * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away | |
4044 | * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state | |
4045 | */ | |
4046 | struct wireless_dev { | |
4047 | struct wiphy *wiphy; | |
4048 | enum nl80211_iftype iftype; | |
4049 | ||
4050 | /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */ | |
4051 | struct list_head list; | |
4052 | struct net_device *netdev; | |
4053 | ||
4054 | u32 identifier; | |
4055 | ||
4056 | struct list_head mgmt_registrations; | |
4057 | spinlock_t mgmt_registrations_lock; | |
4058 | ||
4059 | struct mutex mtx; | |
4060 | ||
4061 | bool use_4addr, is_running; | |
4062 | ||
4063 | u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16)); | |
4064 | ||
4065 | /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */ | |
4066 | u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; | |
4067 | u8 ssid_len, mesh_id_len, mesh_id_up_len; | |
4068 | struct cfg80211_conn *conn; | |
4069 | struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys; | |
4070 | enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type; | |
4071 | u32 conn_owner_nlportid; | |
4072 | ||
4073 | struct work_struct disconnect_wk; | |
4074 | u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; | |
4075 | ||
4076 | struct list_head event_list; | |
4077 | spinlock_t event_lock; | |
4078 | ||
4079 | struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; /* associated / joined */ | |
4080 | struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; | |
4081 | struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; | |
4082 | ||
4083 | bool ibss_fixed; | |
4084 | bool ibss_dfs_possible; | |
4085 | ||
4086 | bool ps; | |
4087 | int ps_timeout; | |
4088 | ||
4089 | int beacon_interval; | |
4090 | ||
4091 | u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid; | |
4092 | ||
4093 | u32 owner_nlportid; | |
4094 | bool nl_owner_dead; | |
4095 | ||
4096 | bool cac_started; | |
4097 | unsigned long cac_start_time; | |
4098 | unsigned int cac_time_ms; | |
4099 | ||
4100 | #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT | |
4101 | /* wext data */ | |
4102 | struct { | |
4103 | struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss; | |
4104 | struct cfg80211_connect_params connect; | |
4105 | struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys; | |
4106 | const u8 *ie; | |
4107 | size_t ie_len; | |
4108 | u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN], prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; | |
4109 | u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; | |
4110 | s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key; | |
4111 | bool prev_bssid_valid; | |
4112 | } wext; | |
4113 | #endif | |
4114 | ||
4115 | struct cfg80211_cqm_config *cqm_config; | |
4116 | }; | |
4117 | ||
4118 | static inline u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev) | |
4119 | { | |
4120 | if (wdev->netdev) | |
4121 | return wdev->netdev->dev_addr; | |
4122 | return wdev->address; | |
4123 | } | |
4124 | ||
4125 | static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev) | |
4126 | { | |
4127 | if (wdev->netdev) | |
4128 | return netif_running(wdev->netdev); | |
4129 | return wdev->is_running; | |
4130 | } | |
4131 | ||
4132 | /** | |
4133 | * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev | |
4134 | * | |
4135 | * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return | |
4136 | * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev. | |
4137 | */ | |
4138 | static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev) | |
4139 | { | |
4140 | BUG_ON(!wdev); | |
4141 | return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy); | |
4142 | } | |
4143 | ||
4144 | /** | |
4145 | * DOC: Utility functions | |
4146 | * | |
4147 | * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful. | |
4148 | */ | |
4149 | ||
4150 | /** | |
4151 | * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency | |
4152 | * @chan: channel number | |
4153 | * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap | |
4154 | * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. | |
4155 | */ | |
4156 | int ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band); | |
4157 | ||
4158 | /** | |
4159 | * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number | |
4160 | * @freq: center frequency | |
4161 | * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. | |
4162 | */ | |
4163 | int ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq); | |
4164 | ||
4165 | /** | |
4166 | * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency | |
4167 | * | |
4168 | * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for | |
4169 | * @freq: the center frequency of the channel | |
4170 | * | |
4171 | * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. | |
4172 | */ | |
4173 | struct ieee80211_channel *ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq); | |
4174 | ||
4175 | /** | |
4176 | * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate | |
4177 | * | |
4178 | * @sband: the band to look for rates in | |
4179 | * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates | |
4180 | * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate | |
4181 | * | |
4182 | * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that | |
4183 | * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map, | |
4184 | * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of | |
4185 | * rates in the band's bitrate table. | |
4186 | */ | |
4187 | struct ieee80211_rate * | |
4188 | ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, | |
4189 | u32 basic_rates, int bitrate); | |
4190 | ||
4191 | /** | |
4192 | * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band | |
4193 | * @sband: the band to look for rates in | |
4194 | * @scan_width: width of the control channel | |
4195 | * | |
4196 | * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given | |
4197 | * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array. | |
4198 | */ | |
4199 | u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, | |
4200 | enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width); | |
4201 | ||
4202 | /* | |
4203 | * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support | |
4204 | * | |
4205 | * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c | |
4206 | * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.txt | |
4207 | */ | |
4208 | ||
4209 | struct radiotap_align_size { | |
4210 | uint8_t align:4, size:4; | |
4211 | }; | |
4212 | ||
4213 | struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace { | |
4214 | const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size; | |
4215 | int n_bits; | |
4216 | uint32_t oui; | |
4217 | uint8_t subns; | |
4218 | }; | |
4219 | ||
4220 | struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces { | |
4221 | const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns; | |
4222 | int n_ns; | |
4223 | }; | |
4224 | ||
4225 | /** | |
4226 | * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args | |
4227 | * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call | |
4228 | * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() | |
4229 | * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each | |
4230 | * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after | |
4231 | * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to | |
4232 | * the beginning of the actual data portion | |
4233 | * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience | |
4234 | * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition | |
4235 | * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown) | |
4236 | * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default | |
4237 | * radiotap namespace or not | |
4238 | * | |
4239 | * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through | |
4240 | * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering | |
4241 | * @_arg_index: next argument index | |
4242 | * @_arg: next argument pointer | |
4243 | * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32 | |
4244 | * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present | |
4245 | * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions | |
4246 | * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data | |
4247 | * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the | |
4248 | * next bitmap word | |
4249 | * | |
4250 | * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore | |
4251 | * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally. | |
4252 | */ | |
4253 | ||
4254 | struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator { | |
4255 | struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader; | |
4256 | const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns; | |
4257 | const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace; | |
4258 | ||
4259 | unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data; | |
4260 | __le32 *_next_bitmap; | |
4261 | ||
4262 | unsigned char *this_arg; | |
4263 | int this_arg_index; | |
4264 | int this_arg_size; | |
4265 | ||
4266 | int is_radiotap_ns; | |
4267 | ||
4268 | int _max_length; | |
4269 | int _arg_index; | |
4270 | uint32_t _bitmap_shifter; | |
4271 | int _reset_on_ext; | |
4272 | }; | |
4273 | ||
4274 | int | |
4275 | ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator, | |
4276 | struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header, | |
4277 | int max_length, | |
4278 | const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns); | |
4279 | ||
4280 | int | |
4281 | ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator); | |
4282 | ||
4283 | ||
4284 | extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6]; | |
4285 | extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6]; | |
4286 | ||
4287 | /** | |
4288 | * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data | |
4289 | * | |
4290 | * @skb: the frame | |
4291 | * | |
4292 | * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function | |
4293 | * returns the 802.11 header length. | |
4294 | * | |
4295 | * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption | |
4296 | * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid | |
4297 | * 802.11 header. | |
4298 | */ | |
4299 | unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb); | |
4300 | ||
4301 | /** | |
4302 | * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control | |
4303 | * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format | |
4304 | * Return: The header length in bytes. | |
4305 | */ | |
4306 | unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc); | |
4307 | ||
4308 | /** | |
4309 | * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length | |
4310 | * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field | |
4311 | * (first byte) will be accessed | |
4312 | * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at | |
4313 | * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present. | |
4314 | */ | |
4315 | unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr); | |
4316 | ||
4317 | /** | |
4318 | * DOC: Data path helpers | |
4319 | * | |
4320 | * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers | |
4321 | * functions that help implement the data path for devices | |
4322 | * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device. | |
4323 | */ | |
4324 | ||
4325 | /** | |
4326 | * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 | |
4327 | * @skb: the 802.11 data frame | |
4328 | * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead | |
4329 | * of it being pushed into the SKB | |
4330 | * @addr: the device MAC address | |
4331 | * @iftype: the virtual interface type | |
4332 | * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. | |
4333 | */ | |
4334 | int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr, | |
4335 | const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype); | |
4336 | ||
4337 | /** | |
4338 | * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 | |
4339 | * @skb: the 802.11 data frame | |
4340 | * @addr: the device MAC address | |
4341 | * @iftype: the virtual interface type | |
4342 | * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. | |
4343 | */ | |
4344 | static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr, | |
4345 | enum nl80211_iftype iftype) | |
4346 | { | |
4347 | return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype); | |
4348 | } | |
4349 | ||
4350 | /** | |
4351 | * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame | |
4352 | * | |
4353 | * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames. | |
4354 | * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully | |
4355 | * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function. | |
4356 | * | |
4357 | * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. | |
4358 | * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and | |
4359 | * initialized by by the caller. | |
4360 | * @addr: The device MAC address. | |
4361 | * @iftype: The device interface type. | |
4362 | * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list. | |
4363 | * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL | |
4364 | * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL | |
4365 | */ | |
4366 | void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list, | |
4367 | const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, | |
4368 | const unsigned int extra_headroom, | |
4369 | const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa); | |
4370 | ||
4371 | /** | |
4372 | * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame | |
4373 | * @skb: the data frame | |
4374 | * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use | |
4375 | * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag. | |
4376 | */ | |
4377 | unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb, | |
4378 | struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); | |
4379 | ||
4380 | /** | |
4381 | * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data | |
4382 | * | |
4383 | * @eid: element ID | |
4384 | * @ies: data consisting of IEs | |
4385 | * @len: length of data | |
4386 | * @match: byte array to match | |
4387 | * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array | |
4388 | * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match. | |
4389 | * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero. | |
4390 | * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first | |
4391 | * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and | |
4392 | * the second byte is the IE length. | |
4393 | * | |
4394 | * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if | |
4395 | * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given | |
4396 | * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first | |
4397 | * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the | |
4398 | * element ID. | |
4399 | * | |
4400 | * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than | |
4401 | * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the | |
4402 | * byte array to match. | |
4403 | */ | |
4404 | const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len, | |
4405 | const u8 *match, int match_len, | |
4406 | int match_offset); | |
4407 | ||
4408 | /** | |
4409 | * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data | |
4410 | * | |
4411 | * @eid: element ID | |
4412 | * @ies: data consisting of IEs | |
4413 | * @len: length of data | |
4414 | * | |
4415 | * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if | |
4416 | * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given | |
4417 | * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested | |
4418 | * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. | |
4419 | * | |
4420 | * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than | |
4421 | * having to fit into the given data. | |
4422 | */ | |
4423 | static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) | |
4424 | { | |
4425 | return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); | |
4426 | } | |
4427 | ||
4428 | /** | |
4429 | * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data | |
4430 | * | |
4431 | * @ext_eid: element ID Extension | |
4432 | * @ies: data consisting of IEs | |
4433 | * @len: length of data | |
4434 | * | |
4435 | * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if | |
4436 | * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given | |
4437 | * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested | |
4438 | * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. | |
4439 | * | |
4440 | * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than | |
4441 | * having to fit into the given data. | |
4442 | */ | |
4443 | static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) | |
4444 | { | |
4445 | return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, | |
4446 | &ext_eid, 1, 2); | |
4447 | } | |
4448 | ||
4449 | /** | |
4450 | * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data | |
4451 | * | |
4452 | * @oui: vendor OUI | |
4453 | * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any | |
4454 | * @ies: data consisting of IEs | |
4455 | * @len: length of data | |
4456 | * | |
4457 | * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the | |
4458 | * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to | |
4459 | * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the | |
4460 | * element ID. | |
4461 | * | |
4462 | * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into | |
4463 | * the given data. | |
4464 | */ | |
4465 | const u8 *cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, | |
4466 | const u8 *ies, int len); | |
4467 | ||
4468 | /** | |
4469 | * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure | |
4470 | * | |
4471 | * TODO | |
4472 | */ | |
4473 | ||
4474 | /** | |
4475 | * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain | |
4476 | * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting | |
4477 | * conflicts) | |
4478 | * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain | |
4479 | * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you | |
4480 | * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted | |
4481 | * alpha2. | |
4482 | * | |
4483 | * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core | |
4484 | * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by | |
4485 | * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory | |
4486 | * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain. | |
4487 | * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried | |
4488 | * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country. | |
4489 | * | |
4490 | * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call. | |
4491 | * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(), | |
4492 | * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw(). | |
4493 | * | |
4494 | * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get | |
4495 | * an -ENOMEM. | |
4496 | * | |
4497 | * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM. | |
4498 | */ | |
4499 | int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2); | |
4500 | ||
4501 | /** | |
4502 | * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers | |
4503 | * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on | |
4504 | * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy | |
4505 | * | |
4506 | * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they | |
4507 | * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more | |
4508 | * information. | |
4509 | * | |
4510 | * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM | |
4511 | */ | |
4512 | int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
4513 | struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); | |
4514 | ||
4515 | /** | |
4516 | * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl - set regdom for self-managed drivers | |
4517 | * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on | |
4518 | * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy | |
4519 | * | |
4520 | * This functions requires the RTNL to be held and applies the new regdomain | |
4521 | * synchronously to this wiphy. For more details see | |
4522 | * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(). | |
4523 | * | |
4524 | * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM | |
4525 | */ | |
4526 | int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
4527 | struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); | |
4528 | ||
4529 | /** | |
4530 | * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain | |
4531 | * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on | |
4532 | * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy | |
4533 | * | |
4534 | * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply | |
4535 | * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory | |
4536 | * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The | |
4537 | * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous | |
4538 | * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a | |
4539 | * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled. | |
4540 | * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag | |
4541 | * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy | |
4542 | * that called this helper. | |
4543 | */ | |
4544 | void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
4545 | const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd); | |
4546 | ||
4547 | /** | |
4548 | * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency | |
4549 | * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for | |
4550 | * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for | |
4551 | * | |
4552 | * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on | |
4553 | * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain | |
4554 | * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received | |
4555 | * and processed already. | |
4556 | * | |
4557 | * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule | |
4558 | * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to | |
4559 | * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return | |
4560 | * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even | |
4561 | * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band. | |
4562 | * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is | |
4563 | * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific. | |
4564 | */ | |
4565 | const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
4566 | u32 center_freq); | |
4567 | ||
4568 | /** | |
4569 | * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name | |
4570 | * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator | |
4571 | * | |
4572 | * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a | |
4573 | * proper string representation. | |
4574 | */ | |
4575 | const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator); | |
4576 | ||
4577 | /* | |
4578 | * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification | |
4579 | * functions and BSS handling helpers | |
4580 | */ | |
4581 | ||
4582 | /** | |
4583 | * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished | |
4584 | * | |
4585 | * @request: the corresponding scan request | |
4586 | * @info: information about the completed scan | |
4587 | */ | |
4588 | void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request, | |
4589 | struct cfg80211_scan_info *info); | |
4590 | ||
4591 | /** | |
4592 | * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available | |
4593 | * | |
4594 | * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results | |
4595 | * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request | |
4596 | */ | |
4597 | void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); | |
4598 | ||
4599 | /** | |
4600 | * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped | |
4601 | * | |
4602 | * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped | |
4603 | * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request | |
4604 | * | |
4605 | * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the | |
4606 | * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver | |
4607 | * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. | |
4608 | */ | |
4609 | void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); | |
4610 | ||
4611 | /** | |
4612 | * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped | |
4613 | * | |
4614 | * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped | |
4615 | * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request | |
4616 | * | |
4617 | * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the | |
4618 | * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver | |
4619 | * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. | |
4620 | * This function should be called with rtnl locked. | |
4621 | */ | |
4622 | void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); | |
4623 | ||
4624 | /** | |
4625 | * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame | |
4626 | * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS | |
4627 | * @data: the BSS metadata | |
4628 | * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon) | |
4629 | * @len: length of the management frame | |
4630 | * @gfp: context flags | |
4631 | * | |
4632 | * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and | |
4633 | * the BSS should be updated/added. | |
4634 | * | |
4635 | * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! | |
4636 | * Or %NULL on error. | |
4637 | */ | |
4638 | struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check | |
4639 | cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
4640 | struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, | |
4641 | struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, | |
4642 | gfp_t gfp); | |
4643 | ||
4644 | static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check | |
4645 | cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
4646 | struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, | |
4647 | enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, | |
4648 | struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, | |
4649 | s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) | |
4650 | { | |
4651 | struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { | |
4652 | .chan = rx_channel, | |
4653 | .scan_width = scan_width, | |
4654 | .signal = signal, | |
4655 | }; | |
4656 | ||
4657 | return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); | |
4658 | } | |
4659 | ||
4660 | static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check | |
4661 | cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
4662 | struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, | |
4663 | struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, | |
4664 | s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) | |
4665 | { | |
4666 | struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { | |
4667 | .chan = rx_channel, | |
4668 | .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, | |
4669 | .signal = signal, | |
4670 | }; | |
4671 | ||
4672 | return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); | |
4673 | } | |
4674 | ||
4675 | /** | |
4676 | * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from | |
4677 | * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is | |
4678 | * from a beacon or probe response | |
4679 | * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon | |
4680 | * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response | |
4681 | */ | |
4682 | enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type { | |
4683 | CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN, | |
4684 | CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON, | |
4685 | CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP, | |
4686 | }; | |
4687 | ||
4688 | /** | |
4689 | * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS | |
4690 | * | |
4691 | * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS | |
4692 | * @data: the BSS metadata | |
4693 | * @ftype: frame type (if known) | |
4694 | * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS | |
4695 | * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0) | |
4696 | * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer | |
4697 | * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer | |
4698 | * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer | |
4699 | * @ielen: length of the additional IEs | |
4700 | * @gfp: context flags | |
4701 | * | |
4702 | * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and | |
4703 | * the BSS should be updated/added. | |
4704 | * | |
4705 | * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! | |
4706 | * Or %NULL on error. | |
4707 | */ | |
4708 | struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check | |
4709 | cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
4710 | struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, | |
4711 | enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, | |
4712 | const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, | |
4713 | u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, | |
4714 | gfp_t gfp); | |
4715 | ||
4716 | static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check | |
4717 | cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
4718 | struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, | |
4719 | enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, | |
4720 | enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, | |
4721 | const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, | |
4722 | u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, | |
4723 | s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) | |
4724 | { | |
4725 | struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { | |
4726 | .chan = rx_channel, | |
4727 | .scan_width = scan_width, | |
4728 | .signal = signal, | |
4729 | }; | |
4730 | ||
4731 | return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, | |
4732 | capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, | |
4733 | gfp); | |
4734 | } | |
4735 | ||
4736 | static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check | |
4737 | cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
4738 | struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, | |
4739 | enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, | |
4740 | const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, | |
4741 | u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, | |
4742 | s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) | |
4743 | { | |
4744 | struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { | |
4745 | .chan = rx_channel, | |
4746 | .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, | |
4747 | .signal = signal, | |
4748 | }; | |
4749 | ||
4750 | return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, | |
4751 | capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, | |
4752 | gfp); | |
4753 | } | |
4754 | ||
4755 | /** | |
4756 | * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference | |
4757 | * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to | |
4758 | * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) | |
4759 | * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) | |
4760 | * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) | |
4761 | * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) | |
4762 | * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type | |
4763 | * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy | |
4764 | */ | |
4765 | struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
4766 | struct ieee80211_channel *channel, | |
4767 | const u8 *bssid, | |
4768 | const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, | |
4769 | enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, | |
4770 | enum ieee80211_privacy privacy); | |
4771 | static inline struct cfg80211_bss * | |
4772 | cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
4773 | struct ieee80211_channel *channel, | |
4774 | const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len) | |
4775 | { | |
4776 | return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len, | |
4777 | IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, | |
4778 | IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY); | |
4779 | } | |
4780 | ||
4781 | /** | |
4782 | * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct | |
4783 | * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to | |
4784 | * @bss: the BSS struct to reference | |
4785 | * | |
4786 | * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct. | |
4787 | */ | |
4788 | void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); | |
4789 | ||
4790 | /** | |
4791 | * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct | |
4792 | * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to | |
4793 | * @bss: the BSS struct | |
4794 | * | |
4795 | * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct. | |
4796 | */ | |
4797 | void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); | |
4798 | ||
4799 | /** | |
4800 | * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures | |
4801 | * @wiphy: the wiphy | |
4802 | * @bss: the bss to remove | |
4803 | * | |
4804 | * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures | |
4805 | * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this | |
4806 | * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time | |
4807 | * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all. | |
4808 | */ | |
4809 | void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); | |
4810 | ||
4811 | static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width | |
4812 | cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) | |
4813 | { | |
4814 | switch (chandef->width) { | |
4815 | case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: | |
4816 | return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5; | |
4817 | case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: | |
4818 | return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10; | |
4819 | default: | |
4820 | return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20; | |
4821 | } | |
4822 | } | |
4823 | ||
4824 | /** | |
4825 | * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame | |
4826 | * @dev: network device | |
4827 | * @buf: authentication frame (header + body) | |
4828 | * @len: length of the frame data | |
4829 | * | |
4830 | * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or | |
4831 | * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode. | |
4832 | * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must | |
4833 | * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). | |
4834 | * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must | |
4835 | * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). | |
4836 | * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed | |
4837 | * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used | |
4838 | * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function | |
4839 | * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead. | |
4840 | * | |
4841 | * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. | |
4842 | */ | |
4843 | void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); | |
4844 | ||
4845 | /** | |
4846 | * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication | |
4847 | * @dev: network device | |
4848 | * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out | |
4849 | * | |
4850 | * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's | |
4851 | * mutex. | |
4852 | */ | |
4853 | void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); | |
4854 | ||
4855 | /** | |
4856 | * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response | |
4857 | * @dev: network device | |
4858 | * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer | |
4859 | * moves to cfg80211 in this call | |
4860 | * @buf: authentication frame (header + body) | |
4861 | * @len: length of the frame data | |
4862 | * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format | |
4863 | * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field | |
4864 | * | |
4865 | * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must | |
4866 | * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). | |
4867 | * | |
4868 | * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. | |
4869 | */ | |
4870 | void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev, | |
4871 | struct cfg80211_bss *bss, | |
4872 | const u8 *buf, size_t len, | |
4873 | int uapsd_queues); | |
4874 | ||
4875 | /** | |
4876 | * cfg80211_assoc_timeout - notification of timed out association | |
4877 | * @dev: network device | |
4878 | * @bss: The BSS entry with which association timed out. | |
4879 | * | |
4880 | * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. | |
4881 | */ | |
4882 | void cfg80211_assoc_timeout(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); | |
4883 | ||
4884 | /** | |
4885 | * cfg80211_abandon_assoc - notify cfg80211 of abandoned association attempt | |
4886 | * @dev: network device | |
4887 | * @bss: The BSS entry with which association was abandoned. | |
4888 | * | |
4889 | * Call this whenever - for reasons reported through other API, like deauth RX, | |
4890 | * an association attempt was abandoned. | |
4891 | * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. | |
4892 | */ | |
4893 | void cfg80211_abandon_assoc(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); | |
4894 | ||
4895 | /** | |
4896 | * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame | |
4897 | * @dev: network device | |
4898 | * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body) | |
4899 | * @len: length of the frame data | |
4900 | * | |
4901 | * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in | |
4902 | * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and | |
4903 | * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the | |
4904 | * corresponding wdev's mutex. | |
4905 | */ | |
4906 | void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); | |
4907 | ||
4908 | /** | |
4909 | * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame | |
4910 | * @dev: network device | |
4911 | * @buf: deauthentication frame (header + body) | |
4912 | * @len: length of the frame data | |
4913 | * | |
4914 | * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc | |
4915 | * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the | |
4916 | * frame was not protected. This function may sleep. | |
4917 | */ | |
4918 | void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, | |
4919 | const u8 *buf, size_t len); | |
4920 | ||
4921 | /** | |
4922 | * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP) | |
4923 | * @dev: network device | |
4924 | * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame | |
4925 | * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used | |
4926 | * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing. | |
4927 | * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets) | |
4928 | * @gfp: allocation flags | |
4929 | * | |
4930 | * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a | |
4931 | * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() | |
4932 | * primitive. | |
4933 | */ | |
4934 | void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, | |
4935 | enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id, | |
4936 | const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp); | |
4937 | ||
4938 | /** | |
4939 | * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS | |
4940 | * | |
4941 | * @dev: network device | |
4942 | * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined | |
4943 | * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined | |
4944 | * @gfp: allocation flags | |
4945 | * | |
4946 | * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or | |
4947 | * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called, | |
4948 | * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of | |
4949 | * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called | |
4950 | * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is | |
4951 | * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest. | |
4952 | */ | |
4953 | void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, | |
4954 | struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp); | |
4955 | ||
4956 | /** | |
4957 | * cfg80211_notify_new_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer candidate | |
4958 | * | |
4959 | * @dev: network device | |
4960 | * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate | |
4961 | * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate | |
4962 | * @ie_len: lenght of the information elements buffer | |
4963 | * @gfp: allocation flags | |
4964 | * | |
4965 | * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been | |
4966 | * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response. | |
4967 | * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace. | |
4968 | */ | |
4969 | void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev, | |
4970 | const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len, gfp_t gfp); | |
4971 | ||
4972 | /** | |
4973 | * DOC: RFkill integration | |
4974 | * | |
4975 | * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers, | |
4976 | * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each | |
4977 | * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated | |
4978 | * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are | |
4979 | * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down. | |
4980 | * | |
4981 | * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they | |
4982 | * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211. | |
4983 | * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here. | |
4984 | */ | |
4985 | ||
4986 | /** | |
4987 | * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state - notify cfg80211 about hw block state | |
4988 | * @wiphy: the wiphy | |
4989 | * @blocked: block status | |
4990 | */ | |
4991 | void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked); | |
4992 | ||
4993 | /** | |
4994 | * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill | |
4995 | * @wiphy: the wiphy | |
4996 | */ | |
4997 | void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); | |
4998 | ||
4999 | /** | |
5000 | * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill | |
5001 | * @wiphy: the wiphy | |
5002 | */ | |
5003 | void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); | |
5004 | ||
5005 | /** | |
5006 | * DOC: Vendor commands | |
5007 | * | |
5008 | * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that | |
5009 | * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the | |
5010 | * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with | |
5011 | * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as | |
5012 | * the configuration mechanism. | |
5013 | * | |
5014 | * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array | |
5015 | * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an | |
5016 | * OUI and sub command ID to identify it. | |
5017 | * | |
5018 | * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol | |
5019 | * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular, | |
5020 | * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any | |
5021 | * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection | |
5022 | * managers etc. need. | |
5023 | */ | |
5024 | ||
5025 | struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
5026 | enum nl80211_commands cmd, | |
5027 | enum nl80211_attrs attr, | |
5028 | int approxlen); | |
5029 | ||
5030 | struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
5031 | struct wireless_dev *wdev, | |
5032 | enum nl80211_commands cmd, | |
5033 | enum nl80211_attrs attr, | |
5034 | int vendor_event_idx, | |
5035 | int approxlen, gfp_t gfp); | |
5036 | ||
5037 | void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp); | |
5038 | ||
5039 | /** | |
5040 | * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply | |
5041 | * @wiphy: the wiphy | |
5042 | * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will | |
5043 | * be put into the skb | |
5044 | * | |
5045 | * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to | |
5046 | * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling | |
5047 | * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid. | |
5048 | * | |
5049 | * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in | |
5050 | * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), | |
5051 | * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the | |
5052 | * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done | |
5053 | * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool | |
5054 | * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute. | |
5055 | * You must not modify the skb in any other way. | |
5056 | * | |
5057 | * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return | |
5058 | * its error code as the result of the doit() operation. | |
5059 | * | |
5060 | * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. | |
5061 | */ | |
5062 | static inline struct sk_buff * | |
5063 | cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) | |
5064 | { | |
5065 | return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, | |
5066 | NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen); | |
5067 | } | |
5068 | ||
5069 | /** | |
5070 | * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb | |
5071 | * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with | |
5072 | * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb() | |
5073 | * | |
5074 | * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing | |
5075 | * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should | |
5076 | * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the | |
5077 | * skb regardless of the return value. | |
5078 | * | |
5079 | * Return: An error code or 0 on success. | |
5080 | */ | |
5081 | int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb); | |
5082 | ||
5083 | /** | |
5084 | * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb | |
5085 | * @wiphy: the wiphy | |
5086 | * @wdev: the wireless device | |
5087 | * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events | |
5088 | * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will | |
5089 | * be put into the skb | |
5090 | * @gfp: allocation flags | |
5091 | * | |
5092 | * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the | |
5093 | * vendor-specific multicast group. | |
5094 | * | |
5095 | * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified | |
5096 | * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data | |
5097 | * attribute. | |
5098 | * | |
5099 | * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the | |
5100 | * skb to send the event. | |
5101 | * | |
5102 | * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. | |
5103 | */ | |
5104 | static inline struct sk_buff * | |
5105 | cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, | |
5106 | int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) | |
5107 | { | |
5108 | return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, | |
5109 | NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, | |
5110 | event_idx, approxlen, gfp); | |
5111 | } | |
5112 | ||
5113 | /** | |
5114 | * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event | |
5115 | * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() | |
5116 | * @gfp: allocation flags | |
5117 | * | |
5118 | * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated | |
5119 | * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it. | |
5120 | */ | |
5121 | static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) | |
5122 | { | |
5123 | __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); | |
5124 | } | |
5125 | ||
5126 | #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE | |
5127 | /** | |
5128 | * DOC: Test mode | |
5129 | * | |
5130 | * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to | |
5131 | * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance, | |
5132 | * factory programming. | |
5133 | * | |
5134 | * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more | |
5135 | * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it. | |
5136 | */ | |
5137 | ||
5138 | /** | |
5139 | * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply | |
5140 | * @wiphy: the wiphy | |
5141 | * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will | |
5142 | * be put into the skb | |
5143 | * | |
5144 | * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to | |
5145 | * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling | |
5146 | * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid. | |
5147 | * | |
5148 | * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in | |
5149 | * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), | |
5150 | * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the | |
5151 | * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done | |
5152 | * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool | |
5153 | * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You | |
5154 | * must not modify the skb in any other way. | |
5155 | * | |
5156 | * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return | |
5157 | * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation. | |
5158 | * | |
5159 | * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. | |
5160 | */ | |
5161 | static inline struct sk_buff * | |
5162 | cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) | |
5163 | { | |
5164 | return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, | |
5165 | NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen); | |
5166 | } | |
5167 | ||
5168 | /** | |
5169 | * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb | |
5170 | * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with | |
5171 | * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() | |
5172 | * | |
5173 | * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing | |
5174 | * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return | |
5175 | * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb | |
5176 | * regardless of the return value. | |
5177 | * | |
5178 | * Return: An error code or 0 on success. | |
5179 | */ | |
5180 | static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb) | |
5181 | { | |
5182 | return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb); | |
5183 | } | |
5184 | ||
5185 | /** | |
5186 | * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event | |
5187 | * @wiphy: the wiphy | |
5188 | * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will | |
5189 | * be put into the skb | |
5190 | * @gfp: allocation flags | |
5191 | * | |
5192 | * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the | |
5193 | * testmode multicast group. | |
5194 | * | |
5195 | * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with | |
5196 | * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As | |
5197 | * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the | |
5198 | * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb | |
5199 | * in any other way. | |
5200 | * | |
5201 | * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the | |
5202 | * skb to send the event. | |
5203 | * | |
5204 | * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. | |
5205 | */ | |
5206 | static inline struct sk_buff * | |
5207 | cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp) | |
5208 | { | |
5209 | return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, | |
5210 | NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, -1, | |
5211 | approxlen, gfp); | |
5212 | } | |
5213 | ||
5214 | /** | |
5215 | * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event | |
5216 | * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with | |
5217 | * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb() | |
5218 | * @gfp: allocation flags | |
5219 | * | |
5220 | * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated | |
5221 | * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always | |
5222 | * consumes it. | |
5223 | */ | |
5224 | static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) | |
5225 | { | |
5226 | __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); | |
5227 | } | |
5228 | ||
5229 | #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd), | |
5230 | #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd), | |
5231 | #else | |
5232 | #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) | |
5233 | #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) | |
5234 | #endif | |
5235 | ||
5236 | /** | |
5237 | * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params | |
5238 | * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use | |
5239 | * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you | |
5240 | * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a | |
5241 | * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame | |
5242 | * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to | |
5243 | * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. | |
5244 | * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that | |
5245 | * case. | |
5246 | * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL) | |
5247 | * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through | |
5248 | * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). Only one parameter among @bssid and | |
5249 | * @bss needs to be specified. | |
5250 | * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL) | |
5251 | * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length | |
5252 | * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL) | |
5253 | * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length | |
5254 | * @fils_kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL) | |
5255 | * @fils_kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets | |
5256 | * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in | |
5257 | * @fils_erp_next_seq_num is valid. | |
5258 | * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in | |
5259 | * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the | |
5260 | * status for a FILS connection. | |
5261 | * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL). | |
5262 | * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets | |
5263 | * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID | |
5264 | * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL). | |
5265 | * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the | |
5266 | * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from | |
5267 | * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is | |
5268 | * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the | |
5269 | * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. | |
5270 | * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). | |
5271 | */ | |
5272 | struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params { | |
5273 | int status; | |
5274 | const u8 *bssid; | |
5275 | struct cfg80211_bss *bss; | |
5276 | const u8 *req_ie; | |
5277 | size_t req_ie_len; | |
5278 | const u8 *resp_ie; | |
5279 | size_t resp_ie_len; | |
5280 | const u8 *fils_kek; | |
5281 | size_t fils_kek_len; | |
5282 | bool update_erp_next_seq_num; | |
5283 | u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num; | |
5284 | const u8 *pmk; | |
5285 | size_t pmk_len; | |
5286 | const u8 *pmkid; | |
5287 | enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason; | |
5288 | }; | |
5289 | ||
5290 | /** | |
5291 | * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result | |
5292 | * | |
5293 | * @dev: network device | |
5294 | * @params: connection response parameters | |
5295 | * @gfp: allocation flags | |
5296 | * | |
5297 | * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection | |
5298 | * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to | |
5299 | * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response | |
5300 | * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), | |
5301 | * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(), | |
5302 | * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. | |
5303 | */ | |
5304 | void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev, | |
5305 | struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params, | |
5306 | gfp_t gfp); | |
5307 | ||
5308 | /** | |
5309 | * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result | |
5310 | * | |
5311 | * @dev: network device | |
5312 | * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP | |
5313 | * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained | |
5314 | * through cfg80211_get_bss (may be %NULL) | |
5315 | * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) | |
5316 | * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length | |
5317 | * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) | |
5318 | * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length | |
5319 | * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use | |
5320 | * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you | |
5321 | * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a | |
5322 | * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame | |
5323 | * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to | |
5324 | * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. | |
5325 | * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that | |
5326 | * case. | |
5327 | * @gfp: allocation flags | |
5328 | * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the | |
5329 | * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from | |
5330 | * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is | |
5331 | * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the | |
5332 | * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. | |
5333 | * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). | |
5334 | * | |
5335 | * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection | |
5336 | * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to | |
5337 | * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss | |
5338 | * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among | |
5339 | * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), | |
5340 | * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. | |
5341 | */ | |
5342 | static inline void | |
5343 | cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, | |
5344 | struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie, | |
5345 | size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie, | |
5346 | size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp, | |
5347 | enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) | |
5348 | { | |
5349 | struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params; | |
5350 | ||
5351 | memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params)); | |
5352 | params.status = status; | |
5353 | params.bssid = bssid; | |
5354 | params.bss = bss; | |
5355 | params.req_ie = req_ie; | |
5356 | params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len; | |
5357 | params.resp_ie = resp_ie; | |
5358 | params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len; | |
5359 | params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason; | |
5360 | ||
5361 | cfg80211_connect_done(dev, ¶ms, gfp); | |
5362 | } | |
5363 | ||
5364 | /** | |
5365 | * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result | |
5366 | * | |
5367 | * @dev: network device | |
5368 | * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP | |
5369 | * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) | |
5370 | * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length | |
5371 | * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) | |
5372 | * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length | |
5373 | * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use | |
5374 | * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you | |
5375 | * the real status code for failures. | |
5376 | * @gfp: allocation flags | |
5377 | * | |
5378 | * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection | |
5379 | * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to | |
5380 | * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only | |
5381 | * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), | |
5382 | * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. | |
5383 | */ | |
5384 | static inline void | |
5385 | cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, | |
5386 | const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, | |
5387 | const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len, | |
5388 | u16 status, gfp_t gfp) | |
5389 | { | |
5390 | cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie, | |
5391 | resp_ie_len, status, gfp, | |
5392 | NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED); | |
5393 | } | |
5394 | ||
5395 | /** | |
5396 | * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout | |
5397 | * | |
5398 | * @dev: network device | |
5399 | * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP | |
5400 | * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) | |
5401 | * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length | |
5402 | * @gfp: allocation flags | |
5403 | * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. | |
5404 | * | |
5405 | * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed | |
5406 | * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was | |
5407 | * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send | |
5408 | * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while | |
5409 | * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among | |
5410 | * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), | |
5411 | * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. | |
5412 | */ | |
5413 | static inline void | |
5414 | cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, | |
5415 | const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp, | |
5416 | enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) | |
5417 | { | |
5418 | cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1, | |
5419 | gfp, timeout_reason); | |
5420 | } | |
5421 | ||
5422 | /** | |
5423 | * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information | |
5424 | * | |
5425 | * @channel: the channel of the new AP | |
5426 | * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %bssid is set) | |
5427 | * @bssid: the BSSID of the new AP (may be %NULL if %bss is set) | |
5428 | * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) | |
5429 | * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length | |
5430 | * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) | |
5431 | * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length | |
5432 | */ | |
5433 | struct cfg80211_roam_info { | |
5434 | struct ieee80211_channel *channel; | |
5435 | struct cfg80211_bss *bss; | |
5436 | const u8 *bssid; | |
5437 | const u8 *req_ie; | |
5438 | size_t req_ie_len; | |
5439 | const u8 *resp_ie; | |
5440 | size_t resp_ie_len; | |
5441 | }; | |
5442 | ||
5443 | /** | |
5444 | * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming | |
5445 | * | |
5446 | * @dev: network device | |
5447 | * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info. | |
5448 | * @gfp: allocation flags | |
5449 | * | |
5450 | * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the | |
5451 | * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry. | |
5452 | * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP | |
5453 | * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in | |
5454 | * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where | |
5455 | * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the | |
5456 | * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling | |
5457 | * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released | |
5458 | * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be | |
5459 | * released while diconneting from the current bss. | |
5460 | */ | |
5461 | void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info, | |
5462 | gfp_t gfp); | |
5463 | ||
5464 | /** | |
5465 | * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association | |
5466 | * | |
5467 | * @dev: network device | |
5468 | * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP | |
5469 | * @gfp: allocation flags | |
5470 | * | |
5471 | * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake | |
5472 | * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e., | |
5473 | * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function | |
5474 | * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(), | |
5475 | * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to | |
5476 | * indicate the 802.11 association. | |
5477 | */ | |
5478 | void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, | |
5479 | gfp_t gfp); | |
5480 | ||
5481 | /** | |
5482 | * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped | |
5483 | * | |
5484 | * @dev: network device | |
5485 | * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL) | |
5486 | * @ie_len: length of IEs | |
5487 | * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown | |
5488 | * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally | |
5489 | * @gfp: allocation flags | |
5490 | * | |
5491 | * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state | |
5492 | * and not try to connect to any AP any more. | |
5493 | */ | |
5494 | void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason, | |
5495 | const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len, | |
5496 | bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp); | |
5497 | ||
5498 | /** | |
5499 | * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start | |
5500 | * @wdev: wireless device | |
5501 | * @cookie: the request cookie | |
5502 | * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) | |
5503 | * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the | |
5504 | * channel | |
5505 | * @gfp: allocation flags | |
5506 | */ | |
5507 | void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, | |
5508 | struct ieee80211_channel *chan, | |
5509 | unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp); | |
5510 | ||
5511 | /** | |
5512 | * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired | |
5513 | * @wdev: wireless device | |
5514 | * @cookie: the request cookie | |
5515 | * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) | |
5516 | * @gfp: allocation flags | |
5517 | */ | |
5518 | void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, | |
5519 | struct ieee80211_channel *chan, | |
5520 | gfp_t gfp); | |
5521 | ||
5522 | ||
5523 | /** | |
5524 | * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station | |
5525 | * | |
5526 | * @dev: the netdev | |
5527 | * @mac_addr: the station's address | |
5528 | * @sinfo: the station information | |
5529 | * @gfp: allocation flags | |
5530 | */ | |
5531 | void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, | |
5532 | struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); | |
5533 | ||
5534 | /** | |
5535 | * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station | |
5536 | * @dev: the netdev | |
5537 | * @mac_addr: the station's address | |
5538 | * @sinfo: the station information/statistics | |
5539 | * @gfp: allocation flags | |
5540 | */ | |
5541 | void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, | |
5542 | struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); | |
5543 | ||
5544 | /** | |
5545 | * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station | |
5546 | * | |
5547 | * @dev: the netdev | |
5548 | * @mac_addr: the station's address | |
5549 | * @gfp: allocation flags | |
5550 | */ | |
5551 | static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev, | |
5552 | const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp) | |
5553 | { | |
5554 | cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp); | |
5555 | } | |
5556 | ||
5557 | /** | |
5558 | * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification | |
5559 | * | |
5560 | * @dev: the netdev | |
5561 | * @mac_addr: the station's address | |
5562 | * @reason: the reason for connection failure | |
5563 | * @gfp: allocation flags | |
5564 | * | |
5565 | * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station | |
5566 | * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection | |
5567 | * for some reasons, this function is called. | |
5568 | * | |
5569 | * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from | |
5570 | * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum | |
5571 | */ | |
5572 | void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, | |
5573 | enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason, | |
5574 | gfp_t gfp); | |
5575 | ||
5576 | /** | |
5577 | * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame | |
5578 | * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame | |
5579 | * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz | |
5580 | * @sig_dbm: signal strength in mBm, or 0 if unknown | |
5581 | * @buf: Management frame (header + body) | |
5582 | * @len: length of the frame data | |
5583 | * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags | |
5584 | * | |
5585 | * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station | |
5586 | * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. | |
5587 | * | |
5588 | * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. | |
5589 | * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized | |
5590 | * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the | |
5591 | * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. | |
5592 | */ | |
5593 | bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, int sig_dbm, | |
5594 | const u8 *buf, size_t len, u32 flags); | |
5595 | ||
5596 | /** | |
5597 | * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame | |
5598 | * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame | |
5599 | * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() | |
5600 | * @buf: Management frame (header + body) | |
5601 | * @len: length of the frame data | |
5602 | * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged | |
5603 | * @gfp: context flags | |
5604 | * | |
5605 | * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be | |
5606 | * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the | |
5607 | * transmission attempt. | |
5608 | */ | |
5609 | void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, | |
5610 | const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp); | |
5611 | ||
5612 | ||
5613 | /** | |
5614 | * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event | |
5615 | * @dev: network device | |
5616 | * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event | |
5617 | * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available | |
5618 | * @gfp: context flags | |
5619 | * | |
5620 | * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring | |
5621 | * rssi threshold reached event occurs. | |
5622 | */ | |
5623 | void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev, | |
5624 | enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event, | |
5625 | s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp); | |
5626 | ||
5627 | /** | |
5628 | * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer | |
5629 | * @dev: network device | |
5630 | * @peer: peer's MAC address | |
5631 | * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold | |
5632 | * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent | |
5633 | * threshold (to account for temporary interference) | |
5634 | * @gfp: context flags | |
5635 | */ | |
5636 | void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev, | |
5637 | const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp); | |
5638 | ||
5639 | /** | |
5640 | * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event | |
5641 | * @dev: network device | |
5642 | * @peer: peer's MAC address | |
5643 | * @num_packets: how many packets were lost | |
5644 | * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission | |
5645 | * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached. | |
5646 | * @gfp: context flags | |
5647 | * | |
5648 | * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a | |
5649 | * given interval is exceeded. | |
5650 | */ | |
5651 | void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, | |
5652 | u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp); | |
5653 | ||
5654 | /** | |
5655 | * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event | |
5656 | * @dev: network device | |
5657 | * @gfp: context flags | |
5658 | * | |
5659 | * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP. | |
5660 | */ | |
5661 | void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp); | |
5662 | ||
5663 | /** | |
5664 | * cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event | |
5665 | * @wiphy: the wiphy | |
5666 | * @chandef: chandef for the current channel | |
5667 | * @gfp: context flags | |
5668 | * | |
5669 | * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl. | |
5670 | */ | |
5671 | void cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
5672 | struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, gfp_t gfp); | |
5673 | ||
5674 | /** | |
5675 | * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event | |
5676 | * @netdev: network device | |
5677 | * @chandef: chandef for the current channel | |
5678 | * @event: type of event | |
5679 | * @gfp: context flags | |
5680 | * | |
5681 | * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished | |
5682 | * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process, | |
5683 | * also by full-MAC drivers. | |
5684 | */ | |
5685 | void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev, | |
5686 | const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, | |
5687 | enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp); | |
5688 | ||
5689 | ||
5690 | /** | |
5691 | * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying | |
5692 | * @dev: network device | |
5693 | * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races) | |
5694 | * @replay_ctr: new replay counter | |
5695 | * @gfp: allocation flags | |
5696 | */ | |
5697 | void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, | |
5698 | const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp); | |
5699 | ||
5700 | /** | |
5701 | * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate | |
5702 | * @dev: network device | |
5703 | * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority) | |
5704 | * @bssid: BSSID of AP | |
5705 | * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication | |
5706 | * @gfp: allocation flags | |
5707 | */ | |
5708 | void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index, | |
5709 | const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp); | |
5710 | ||
5711 | /** | |
5712 | * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame | |
5713 | * @dev: The device the frame matched to | |
5714 | * @addr: the transmitter address | |
5715 | * @gfp: context flags | |
5716 | * | |
5717 | * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that | |
5718 | * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the | |
5719 | * sender. | |
5720 | * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed | |
5721 | * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) | |
5722 | */ | |
5723 | bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev, | |
5724 | const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); | |
5725 | ||
5726 | /** | |
5727 | * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame | |
5728 | * @dev: The device the frame matched to | |
5729 | * @addr: the transmitter address | |
5730 | * @gfp: context flags | |
5731 | * | |
5732 | * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that | |
5733 | * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected. | |
5734 | * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each | |
5735 | * station to avoid event flooding. | |
5736 | * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed | |
5737 | * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) | |
5738 | */ | |
5739 | bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev, | |
5740 | const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); | |
5741 | ||
5742 | /** | |
5743 | * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status | |
5744 | * @dev: the device the probe was sent on | |
5745 | * @addr: the address of the peer | |
5746 | * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously | |
5747 | * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not | |
5748 | * @gfp: allocation flags | |
5749 | */ | |
5750 | void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, | |
5751 | u64 cookie, bool acked, gfp_t gfp); | |
5752 | ||
5753 | /** | |
5754 | * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs | |
5755 | * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon | |
5756 | * @frame: the frame | |
5757 | * @len: length of the frame | |
5758 | * @freq: frequency the frame was received on | |
5759 | * @sig_dbm: signal strength in mBm, or 0 if unknown | |
5760 | * | |
5761 | * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was | |
5762 | * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no | |
5763 | * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. | |
5764 | */ | |
5765 | void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
5766 | const u8 *frame, size_t len, | |
5767 | int freq, int sig_dbm); | |
5768 | ||
5769 | /** | |
5770 | * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed | |
5771 | * @wiphy: the wiphy | |
5772 | * @chandef: the channel definition | |
5773 | * @iftype: interface type | |
5774 | * | |
5775 | * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) | |
5776 | * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) | |
5777 | */ | |
5778 | bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
5779 | struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, | |
5780 | enum nl80211_iftype iftype); | |
5781 | ||
5782 | /** | |
5783 | * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation | |
5784 | * @wiphy: the wiphy | |
5785 | * @chandef: the channel definition | |
5786 | * @iftype: interface type | |
5787 | * | |
5788 | * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) | |
5789 | * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version | |
5790 | * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under | |
5791 | * more permissive conditions. | |
5792 | * | |
5793 | * Requires the RTNL to be held. | |
5794 | */ | |
5795 | bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
5796 | struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, | |
5797 | enum nl80211_iftype iftype); | |
5798 | ||
5799 | /* | |
5800 | * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace | |
5801 | * @dev: the device which switched channels | |
5802 | * @chandef: the new channel definition | |
5803 | * | |
5804 | * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable | |
5805 | * driver context! | |
5806 | */ | |
5807 | void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev, | |
5808 | struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); | |
5809 | ||
5810 | /* | |
5811 | * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start | |
5812 | * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started | |
5813 | * @chandef: the future channel definition | |
5814 | * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens | |
5815 | * | |
5816 | * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just | |
5817 | * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting | |
5818 | * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary. | |
5819 | */ | |
5820 | void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, | |
5821 | struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, | |
5822 | u8 count); | |
5823 | ||
5824 | /** | |
5825 | * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band | |
5826 | * | |
5827 | * @operating_class: the operating class to convert | |
5828 | * @band: band pointer to fill | |
5829 | * | |
5830 | * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. | |
5831 | */ | |
5832 | bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class, | |
5833 | enum nl80211_band *band); | |
5834 | ||
5835 | /** | |
5836 | * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class | |
5837 | * | |
5838 | * @chandef: the chandef to convert | |
5839 | * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class | |
5840 | * | |
5841 | * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. | |
5842 | */ | |
5843 | bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, | |
5844 | u8 *op_class); | |
5845 | ||
5846 | /* | |
5847 | * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation | |
5848 | * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested | |
5849 | * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device | |
5850 | * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or | |
5851 | * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN) | |
5852 | * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request | |
5853 | * @gfp: allocation flags | |
5854 | * | |
5855 | * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that | |
5856 | * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP | |
5857 | * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use | |
5858 | * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g., | |
5859 | * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer). | |
5860 | */ | |
5861 | void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, | |
5862 | enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper, | |
5863 | u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp); | |
5864 | ||
5865 | /* | |
5866 | * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units) | |
5867 | * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from | |
5868 | * | |
5869 | * return 0 if MCS index >= 32 | |
5870 | */ | |
5871 | u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate); | |
5872 | ||
5873 | /** | |
5874 | * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev | |
5875 | * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove | |
5876 | * | |
5877 | * Call this function only for wdevs that have no netdev assigned, | |
5878 | * e.g. P2P Devices. It removes the device from the list so that | |
5879 | * it can no longer be used. It is necessary to call this function | |
5880 | * even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the interface by | |
5881 | * calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also | |
5882 | * be called when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. | |
5883 | * when the device is unbound from the driver. | |
5884 | * | |
5885 | * Requires the RTNL to be held. | |
5886 | */ | |
5887 | void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev); | |
5888 | ||
5889 | /** | |
5890 | * struct cfg80211_ft_event - FT Information Elements | |
5891 | * @ies: FT IEs | |
5892 | * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes | |
5893 | * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address | |
5894 | * @ric_ies: RIC IE | |
5895 | * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes | |
5896 | */ | |
5897 | struct cfg80211_ft_event_params { | |
5898 | const u8 *ies; | |
5899 | size_t ies_len; | |
5900 | const u8 *target_ap; | |
5901 | const u8 *ric_ies; | |
5902 | size_t ric_ies_len; | |
5903 | }; | |
5904 | ||
5905 | /** | |
5906 | * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE | |
5907 | * @netdev: network device | |
5908 | * @ft_event: IE information | |
5909 | */ | |
5910 | void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev, | |
5911 | struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event); | |
5912 | ||
5913 | /** | |
5914 | * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer | |
5915 | * @ies: the input IE buffer | |
5916 | * @len: the input length | |
5917 | * @attr: the attribute ID to find | |
5918 | * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g. | |
5919 | * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size | |
5920 | * @bufsize: size of the output buffer | |
5921 | * | |
5922 | * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and | |
5923 | * copies its contents to the given buffer. | |
5924 | * | |
5925 | * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is | |
5926 | * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the | |
5927 | * length of the found attribute (which can be zero). | |
5928 | */ | |
5929 | int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, | |
5930 | enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr, | |
5931 | u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize); | |
5932 | ||
5933 | /** | |
5934 | * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC) | |
5935 | * @ies: the IE buffer | |
5936 | * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer | |
5937 | * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before | |
5938 | * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next | |
5939 | * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. | |
5940 | * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array | |
5941 | * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element | |
5942 | * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array | |
5943 | * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer | |
5944 | * | |
5945 | * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset | |
5946 | * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be | |
5947 | * split. | |
5948 | * | |
5949 | * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this | |
5950 | * has to be guaranteed by the caller! | |
5951 | * | |
5952 | * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered | |
5953 | * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not | |
5954 | * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. | |
5955 | * | |
5956 | * The function returns the offset where the next part of the | |
5957 | * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) | |
5958 | * of the buffer should be used. | |
5959 | */ | |
5960 | size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, | |
5961 | const u8 *ids, int n_ids, | |
5962 | const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric, | |
5963 | size_t offset); | |
5964 | ||
5965 | /** | |
5966 | * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering | |
5967 | * @ies: the IE buffer | |
5968 | * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer | |
5969 | * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before | |
5970 | * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next | |
5971 | * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. | |
5972 | * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array | |
5973 | * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer | |
5974 | * | |
5975 | * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset | |
5976 | * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be | |
5977 | * split. | |
5978 | * | |
5979 | * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this | |
5980 | * has to be guaranteed by the caller! | |
5981 | * | |
5982 | * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered | |
5983 | * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not | |
5984 | * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. | |
5985 | * | |
5986 | * The function returns the offset where the next part of the | |
5987 | * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) | |
5988 | * of the buffer should be used. | |
5989 | */ | |
5990 | static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, | |
5991 | const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset) | |
5992 | { | |
5993 | return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset); | |
5994 | } | |
5995 | ||
5996 | /** | |
5997 | * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN | |
5998 | * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup | |
5999 | * @wakeup: the wakeup report | |
6000 | * @gfp: allocation flags | |
6001 | * | |
6002 | * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it | |
6003 | * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may | |
6004 | * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something | |
6005 | * else caused the wakeup. | |
6006 | */ | |
6007 | void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev, | |
6008 | struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup, | |
6009 | gfp_t gfp); | |
6010 | ||
6011 | /** | |
6012 | * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver. | |
6013 | * | |
6014 | * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped. | |
6015 | * @gfp: allocation flags | |
6016 | * | |
6017 | * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted | |
6018 | * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given | |
6019 | * by .crit_proto_start() has expired. | |
6020 | */ | |
6021 | void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp); | |
6022 | ||
6023 | /** | |
6024 | * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has | |
6025 | * @wiphy: the wiphy | |
6026 | * | |
6027 | * Return: the number of channels supported by the device. | |
6028 | */ | |
6029 | unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy); | |
6030 | ||
6031 | /** | |
6032 | * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations | |
6033 | * | |
6034 | * @wiphy: the wiphy | |
6035 | * @params: the interface combinations parameter | |
6036 | * | |
6037 | * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a | |
6038 | * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to | |
6039 | * the interface combinations. | |
6040 | */ | |
6041 | int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
6042 | struct iface_combination_params *params); | |
6043 | ||
6044 | /** | |
6045 | * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations | |
6046 | * | |
6047 | * @wiphy: the wiphy | |
6048 | * @params: the interface combinations parameter | |
6049 | * @iter: function to call for each matching combination | |
6050 | * @data: pointer to pass to iter function | |
6051 | * | |
6052 | * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible | |
6053 | * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching | |
6054 | * purposes. | |
6055 | */ | |
6056 | int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
6057 | struct iface_combination_params *params, | |
6058 | void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c, | |
6059 | void *data), | |
6060 | void *data); | |
6061 | ||
6062 | /* | |
6063 | * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection | |
6064 | * | |
6065 | * @wiphy: the wiphy | |
6066 | * @wdev: wireless device | |
6067 | * @gfp: context flags | |
6068 | * | |
6069 | * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA | |
6070 | * disconnected. | |
6071 | * | |
6072 | * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous. | |
6073 | */ | |
6074 | void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, | |
6075 | gfp_t gfp); | |
6076 | ||
6077 | /** | |
6078 | * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy | |
6079 | * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down | |
6080 | * | |
6081 | * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by | |
6082 | * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed). | |
6083 | * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors | |
6084 | * that really can't be recovered in any other way. | |
6085 | * | |
6086 | * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into | |
6087 | * the driver while the function is running. | |
6088 | */ | |
6089 | void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy); | |
6090 | ||
6091 | /** | |
6092 | * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag | |
6093 | * | |
6094 | * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. | |
6095 | * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. | |
6096 | * | |
6097 | * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see | |
6098 | * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) | |
6099 | */ | |
6100 | static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
6101 | enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) | |
6102 | { | |
6103 | u8 *ft_byte; | |
6104 | ||
6105 | ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; | |
6106 | *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8); | |
6107 | } | |
6108 | ||
6109 | /** | |
6110 | * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag | |
6111 | * | |
6112 | * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. | |
6113 | * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. | |
6114 | * | |
6115 | * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see | |
6116 | * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) | |
6117 | */ | |
6118 | static inline bool | |
6119 | wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy, | |
6120 | enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) | |
6121 | { | |
6122 | u8 ft_byte; | |
6123 | ||
6124 | ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; | |
6125 | return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0; | |
6126 | } | |
6127 | ||
6128 | /** | |
6129 | * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function | |
6130 | * @f: NAN function that should be freed | |
6131 | * | |
6132 | * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members. | |
6133 | */ | |
6134 | void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f); | |
6135 | ||
6136 | /** | |
6137 | * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters | |
6138 | * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is | |
6139 | * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber. | |
6140 | * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery | |
6141 | * result. | |
6142 | * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up. | |
6143 | * @inst_id: the local instance id | |
6144 | * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function | |
6145 | * @addr: the MAC address of the peer | |
6146 | * @info_len: the length of the &info | |
6147 | * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any) | |
6148 | * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function | |
6149 | */ | |
6150 | struct cfg80211_nan_match_params { | |
6151 | enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; | |
6152 | u8 inst_id; | |
6153 | u8 peer_inst_id; | |
6154 | const u8 *addr; | |
6155 | u8 info_len; | |
6156 | const u8 *info; | |
6157 | u64 cookie; | |
6158 | }; | |
6159 | ||
6160 | /** | |
6161 | * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function. | |
6162 | * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match | |
6163 | * @match: match notification parameters | |
6164 | * @gfp: allocation flags | |
6165 | * | |
6166 | * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This | |
6167 | * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that | |
6168 | * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received. | |
6169 | */ | |
6170 | void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev, | |
6171 | struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp); | |
6172 | ||
6173 | /** | |
6174 | * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination. | |
6175 | * | |
6176 | * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match | |
6177 | * @inst_id: the local instance id | |
6178 | * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*) | |
6179 | * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier | |
6180 | * @gfp: allocation flags | |
6181 | * | |
6182 | * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated. | |
6183 | */ | |
6184 | void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev, | |
6185 | u8 inst_id, | |
6186 | enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason, | |
6187 | u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp); | |
6188 | ||
6189 | /* ethtool helper */ | |
6190 | void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info); | |
6191 | ||
6192 | /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */ | |
6193 | ||
6194 | /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */ | |
6195 | ||
6196 | #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \ | |
6197 | dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) | |
6198 | #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \ | |
6199 | dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) | |
6200 | #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \ | |
6201 | dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) | |
6202 | #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \ | |
6203 | dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) | |
6204 | #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \ | |
6205 | dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) | |
6206 | #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \ | |
6207 | dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) | |
6208 | #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \ | |
6209 | dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) | |
6210 | #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \ | |
6211 | dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) | |
6212 | ||
6213 | #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \ | |
6214 | wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args) | |
6215 | ||
6216 | #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ | |
6217 | dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) | |
6218 | ||
6219 | #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG) | |
6220 | #define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg | |
6221 | #else | |
6222 | #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ | |
6223 | ({ \ | |
6224 | if (0) \ | |
6225 | wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \ | |
6226 | 0; \ | |
6227 | }) | |
6228 | #endif | |
6229 | ||
6230 | /* | |
6231 | * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference | |
6232 | * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the | |
6233 | * file/line information and a backtrace. | |
6234 | */ | |
6235 | #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \ | |
6236 | WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args); | |
6237 | ||
6238 | #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */ |